Top Banner
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (An Autonomous Institution, Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai) SRIPERUMBUDUR TK.- 602 117 DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ENGINEERING I-VIII SEMESTERS CURRICULUM and SYLLABI REGULATION 2018 CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM As per the recommendations from BOS on 16 th September 2021 Chairperson / BOS
181

SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

Feb 05, 2023

Download

Documents

Khang Minh
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(An Autonomous Institution, Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai)

SRIPERUMBUDUR TK.- 602 117

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

B.E. CIVIL ENGINEERING

I-VIII SEMESTERS

CURRICULUM and SYLLABI

REGULATION – 2018

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM

As per the recommendations from BOS on 16th September 2021

Chairperson / BOS

Page 2: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

2

SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(An Autonomous Institution, Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai)

Sriperumbudur Tk – 602 117

Regulation 2018

B.E. Civil Engineering

Choice Based Credit System

Curriculum

SEMESTER I

S.NO. COURSE

CODE

COURSE TITLE

CATEGORY CONTACT

PERIODS

L

T

P

C

Prerequisites

Fixed/Movable

THEORY

1. HS18151 Communicative English

(Common to all Branches) HS 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

2.

MA18151

Engineering Mathematics I

(Common to all branches

except MR)

BS

4

3

1

0

4

NIL

F

3. PH18151 Engineering Physics

(Common to all branches) BS 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

4.

CY18151

Engineering Chemistry

(Common to all branches

except MR)

BS

3

3

0

0

3

NIL

F

5.

EE18151

Basic Electrical and

Electronics Engineering

(Common to AE, BT, CE,

CS, IT, MR & ME)

ES

3

3

0

0

3

NIL

F

6. GE18151

Engineering Drawing

(Common to all

Branches)

ES 5 3 0 2 4 NIL F

PRACTICAL

7.

PC18161

Physics and Chemistry Laboratory

(Common to all branches)

BS

2

0

0

2

1

NIL

F

8.

GE18161

Engineering Practices

Laboratory

(Common to all branches)

ES

3

0

0

3

1.5

NIL

F

TOTAL 26 18 1 7 22.5 - -

Page 3: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

3

SEMESTER II

S.NO.

COURSE

CODE

COURSE TITLE

CATEGORY

CONTACT

PERIODS

L

T

P

C

Prerequisites

Fixed/Movable

THEORY

1. HS18251 Technical English

(Common to all branches) HS 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

2.

MA18251

Engineering Mathematics II

(Common to all branches

except MR)

BS

4

3

1

0

4

NIL

F

3. IT18101

Programming for problem

solving

(Common to all Branches

except MR)

ES 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

4.

GE18251

Environmental Science and

Engineering

(Common to all branches)

BS

3

3

0

0

3

NIL

F

5.

CE18201 Engineering Mechanics for

Civil Engineering ES 4 3 1 0 4 NIL F

6. CE18202 Building Planning ES 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

PRACTICAL

7.

IT18111

Programming for Problem

Solving Laboratory

(Common to all Branches

except MR)

ES

3

0

0

3

1.5

NIL

F

8. GE18261

Computer Aided Drafting

Laboratory

(Common to AE, CE & MR)

ES 3 0 0 3 1.5 NIL F

TOTAL 26 18 2 6 23 - -

SEMESTER III

S.NO.

COURSE

CODE

COURSE TITLE

CATEGORY

CONTACT

PERIODS

L

T

P

C

Prerequisites

Fixed/Movable

THEORY

1. MA18351

Engineering

Mathematics - III

(Common to BT, CH,

CE, EE, EC, ME)

BS 4 3 1 0 4 NIL F

2. CE18301 Strength of Materials – I ES 4 3 1 0 4 NIL F

3. CE18302 Mechanics of Fluids PC 4 3 1 0 4 NIL F

4. CE18303 Plane and Geodetic

Surveying PC 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

5. CE18304 Construction Materials PC 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

6. CE18305 Engineering Geology PC 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

PRACTICAL

7. CE18311 Computer Aided Building Drawing Laboratory

PC 4 0 0 4 2 NIL F

8. CE18312

Strength of Civil

Engineering Materials

Laboratory

ES 4 0 0 4 2 NIL F

TOTAL 29 18 13 8 25 - -

Page 4: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

4

SEMESTER IV

S.NO.

COURSE

CODE

COURSE TITLE

CATEGORY

CONTACT

PERIODS

L

T

P

C

Prerequisites

Fixed/Movable

THEORY

1. MA18451

Computational Methods (Common to CH, CE, EE, MR & ME)

BS

3

3

0

0

3

NIL

F

2. CE18401 Strength of Materials-II PC 4 3 1 0 4 NIL F

3. CE18402 Applied Hydraulic Engineering

PC 4 3 1 0 4 NIL F

4. CE18403 Basic Geotechnical Engineering

PC 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

5. CE18404

Construction Techniques, Equipments and Practices

PC 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

6. CE18405 Transportation

Engineering I PC 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

PRACTICAL

7. CE18411 Hydraulic Engineering

Laboratory PC 4 0 0 4 2

NIL F

8. CE18412 Survey Practical PC 4 0 0 4 2 NIL

F

TOTAL 28 18 2 8 24 - -

SEMESTER V

S.NO. COURSE

CODE

COURSE TITLE

CATEGORY CONTACT

PERIODS

L

T

P

C

Prerequisites

Fixed/Movable

THEORY

1. CE18501 Applied Geotechnical Engineering

PC 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

2. CE18502 Design of Reinforced Concrete Elements

PC 4 3 1 0 4 NIL F

3. CE18503 Structural Analysis PC 4 3 1 0 4 NIL F

4. CE18504 Water Supply

Engineering PC 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

5. CE18505 Transportation

Engineering II PC 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

6. **** Professional Elective I PE 3 3 0 0 3 ** M

PRACTICAL

7.

HS18561

Interview and Career Skills Laboratory (Common to all Branches except BT &EE)

HS

3 0 0 3 2

NIL

F

8. CE18511 Soil Mechanics

Laboratory PC 3 0 0 3 1.5 NIL F

9. CE18512 Survey Camp* (2 weeks) PC 0 0 0 0 2 NIL F

TOTAL 26 18 2 6 25.5 - -

*Students should complete the ‘Survey Camp’ during the semester IV vacation and it will be evaluated in the semester V

Page 5: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

5

SEMESTER VI

S.NO. COURSE

CODE

COURSE TITLE

CATEGORY CONTACT

PERIODS

L

T

P

C

Prerequisites

Fixed/Movable

THEORY

1. CE18601 Design of Steel

Structures PC 4 3 1 0 4 NIL F

2. CE18602 Wastewater

Engineering PC 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

3. CE18603 Construction Planning

and Scheduling PC 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

4. CE18604 Advanced Structural

Analysis PC 4 3 1 0 4

NIL

F

5. **** Professional Elective II PE 3 3 0 0 3

**

M

6. **** Open Elective -I OE 3 3 0 0 3 NIL M

PRACTICAL

7. CE18611 Concrete and Highway Engineering Laboratory

PC 4 0 0 4 2 NIL F

8. CE18612

Water Supply and Wastewater Engineering Laboratory

PC 4 0 0 4 2

NIL

F

TOTAL 28 18 2 8 24 - -

SEMESTER VII

S.NO.

COURSE

CODE

COURSE TITLE

CATEGORY

CONTACT

PERIODS

L

T

P

C

Prerequisites

Fixed/Movable

THEORY

1. CE18701 Principles of Construction Management

PC 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

2. CE18702 Estimation, Costing and Valuation Engineering

PC 4 3 1 0 4 NIL F

3. CE18703

Structural Dynamics and Earthquake Engineering

PC 3 3 0 0 3 NIL F

4. **** Professional Elective III PE 3 3 0 0 3 ** M

5. **** Professional Elective IV PE 3 3 0 0 3 ** M

6. **** Open Elective II OE 3 3 0 0 3 NIL M

PRACTICAL

7. CE18711 Project Work - I EEC 4 0 0 4 2 NIL F

8. CE18712

Computer Aided

Design and Drafting

Laboratory

PC 4 0 0 4 2

NIL

F

TOTAL 27 15 1 8 23 - -

Page 6: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

6

SEMESTER VIII

S.NO. COURSE

CODE

COURSE TITLE

CATEGORY CONTACT

PERIODS

L

T

P

C

Prerequisites

Fixed/Movable

THEORY

1. **** Professional Elective V PE 3 3 0 0 3 ** M

2. **** Professional Elective VI PE 3 3 0 0 3 ** M

PRACTICAL

3. CE18811 Project Work – II EEC 20 0 0 20 10 NIL F

TOTAL 26 6 0 20 16 - -

TOTAL NO. OF CREDITS: 183

LIST OF PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES

Professional Elective I, III & IV (Offered in ODD Semester)

SL. No. COURSE

CODE COURSE TITLE

PREREQUIS

ITE

1. CE18001 Architecture NIL

2. CE18003 Air Pollution Management NIL

3. CE18005 Coastal Engineering NIL

4. CE18007 Concrete Technology NIL

5. GE18053 Disaster Management (Common to CH,CE and MR) NIL

6. CE18009 Ground Improvement Techniques CE18403

7. CE18011 Design of Reinforced Concrete and Brick Masonry

Structures

CE18502

8. CE18013 Pavement Engineering NIL

9. CE18015 Prefabricated Structures NIL

10. CE18017 Environmental Impact Assessment NIL

11. CE18019 Earth Pressure and Earth Retaining Structures CE18403

12. CE18021 Repair and Rehabilitation of structures NIL

13. CE18023 Prestressed Concrete Structures CE18502

14. CE18025 Safety in Civil Engineering Practices NIL

15. CE18027 Formwork Design NIL

16. CE18029 Intelligent Transportation Systems NIL

17. CE18031 Urban Planning and Development NIL

18. CE18033 Geosynthetics Design and Applications NIL

19. CE18035 Deep Foundation NIL

20. GE18051 Intellectual Property rights (Common to all branches Except BT)

NIL

21. ME18012 Design of Experiments (Common to ME, AE, CE & CH) NIL

Page 7: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

7

Professional Elective II, V & VI (Offered in Even Semester)

SL. No. COURSE

CODE COURSE TITLE PREREQUISITE

1. CE18002 Groundwater Engineering NIL

2. CE18004 Transportation Planning and systems NIL

3. CE18006 Global Climate Change NIL

4. CE18008 Remote Sensing Techniques and GIS NIL

5. CE18010 Subsurface Investigation and Instrumentation CE18403

6. CE18012 Building Services NIL

7. CE18014 Storage Structures CE18601,

CE18502

8. CE18016 Municipal Solid Waste Management NIL

9. CE18018 Industrial Waste Management NIL

10. CE18020 Environmental Geo-technology CE18403

11. CE18022 Traffic Engineering and Management NIL

12. CE18024 Housing Planning and Management NIL

13. CE18026 Tall Buildings NIL

14. CE18028 Smart Structures and Smart Materials NIL

15. CE18030 Water Resources Engineering NIL

16. CE18032 IoT Applications in Civil Engineering NIL

17. CE18034 Finite Element Analysis NIL

18. GE18054 Professional Ethics (Common to CE, CS, IT, EE, EC and MR)

NIL

Professional Electives ( Special Electives -Can be Chosen whenever offered)

SL. No. COURSE

CODE COURSE TITLE PREREQUI

SITE

1. SE18001 Mathematics for AI & ML (Common to all branches except MR) NIL

2. SE18002 Corporate Finance (Common to all branches except MR) NIL

3. SE18003 Financial Statement Analysis (Common to all branches except MR) NIL

4. SE18004 Managerial Economics (Common to all branches except MR) NIL

5. SE18005 Market Research (Common to all branches except MR) NIL

6. SE18006 Production Management (Common to all branches except MR) NIL

7. SE18007 Project Management (Common to all branches except MR) NIL

8. SE18008 Introduction to Securities Market (Common to all branches except MR) NIL

9. SE18009 Supply Chain Management (Common to all branches except MR) NIL

Page 8: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

8

LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES OFFERED BY OTHER DEPARTMENTS – ODD SEM

SL. NO.

COURSE CODE

COURSE

TITLE Offering Dept.

1. OE18101 Fundamentals of Automobile Engineering AUT

2. OE18103 Fundamentals of Automotive Air Conditioning AUT

3. OE18201 Introduction to Bio-fuels and Bio-energy BIO

4. OE18203 Basics of Environmental Biotechnology BIO

5. OE18205 Introduction to Bioinformatics and Computational Biology BIO

6. OE18207 Basics of Nano bio-technology BIO

7. OE18209 Introduction to Biomaterials BIO

8. OE18301 Waste to Energy CHE

9. OE18303 Industrial Safety CHE

10. OE18305 Composite Materials CHE

11. OE18307 Industrial Waste Water Treatment CHE

12. OE18309 Fuel Cell Technology CHE

13. OE18501 Basic Operating Systems CSE

14. OE18503 Basics on Cyber Security and Ethical Hacking CSE

15. OE18505 Introduction to Internet of Things CSE

16. OE18507 Multimedia and Animation Techniques CSE

17. OE18509 Python Programming CSE

18. OE18601 Electrical Machines and Applications EEE

19. OE18603 Control system Engineering EEE

20. OE18605 Micro and Smart Grid EEE

21. OE18607 Electric Vehicle Technology EEE

22. OE18609 Nanotechnology EEE

23. OE18701 Autotronics ECE

24. OE18703 Sensing Techniques ECE

25. OE18705 System Design using Microcontrollers ECE

26. OE18801 IT essentials for engineers INT

27. OE18803 Internet of Everything INT

28. OE18805 Foundation on Mobile App Development INT

29. OE18901 Elements of Marine Engineering MAR

30. OE18903 Marine Propulsion MAR

31. OE18001 Basics of Mechanical Engineering MEC

32. OE18003 Elements of Mechanical Components MEC

33. OE18005 Industrial Engineering and Management MEC

34. OE18007 Basics of Energy Resources MEC

Page 9: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

9

LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES OFFERED BY OTHER DEPARTMENTS – EVEN SEM

SL. NO. COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE Offering Dept.

1. OE18102 Automotive Fault Diagnostics AUT

2. OE18104 Fundamentals of Automotive Pollution and Control Methods AUT

3. OE18106 Fundamentals of Automotive Safety and Maintenance AUT

4. OE18202 Introduction to Food Manufacturing BIO

5. OE18204 Testing of Biological Materials BIO

6. OE18206 Introduction to Tissue Engineering BIO

7. OE18208 Introduction to Cancer Biology BIO

8. OE18210 Basic Bio-pharmaceutical Technology BIO

9. OE18302 Industrial Pollution Prevention CHE

10. OE18304 Solid Waste Management CHE

11. OE18306 Plant Utilities CHE

12. OE18308 Green Energy CHE

13. OE18310 Energy Management CHE

14. OE18502 Artificial Intelligence Basics CSE

15. OE18504 Database Systems and Applications CSE

16. OE18506 Internet Programming CSE

17. OE18508 Introduction to Cloud and Big Data Analytics CSE

18. OE18510 Introduction to Data Structures CSE

19. OE18602 Industrial Automation EEE

20. OE18604 MEMS and Nano Devices EEE

21. OE18606 Renewable Energy Systems EEE

22. OE18608 Indian Power Grid EEE

23. OE18610 Power Converters EEE

24. OE18702 Consumer Electronics ECE

25. OE18704 Introduction to Communication Systems ECE

26. OE18706 Robotics Systems ECE

27. OE18802 Embedded and Real Time Systems INT

28. OE18804 Ethical Hacking and IT Security INT

29. OE18806 User Interface Design INT

30. OE18808 AI for Android INT

31. OE18902 Introduction to Marine Diesel Engines and Machineries MAR

32. OE18904 Marine Vehicles MAR

33. OE18002 Elements of Automation MEC

34. OE18004 Quality Concepts and Tools MEC

35. OE18006 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Systems MEC

36. OE18008 Thermal Management of Electronics Devices MEC

Page 10: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

10

OPEN ELECTIVES OFFERED BY HUMANITIES AND SCIENCE DEPARTMENTS

(Offered both in ODD and EVEN Semesters)

SL. NO.

COURSE CODE

COURSE

TITLE

Offering Dept.

1. OP18001 Sensors and Transducers APH

2. OP18002 Essential Properties for Selection of Materials APH

3. OP18003 Opto Electronics and Applications APH

4. OP18004 Basics of Environmental Safety APH

5. OH18001 Gender Sensitization and Social Impact HSS

6. OH18002 Content Writing HSS

7. OH18003 Critical Thinking HSS

8. OH18004 Environmental Law, Policy and International Conventions HSS

9. OH18005 Urban / Rural Development and Constitutional Provisions HSS

10. OH18006 Climate Change and Vulnerability Assessment HSS

11. OC18001 Advanced Engineering Chemistry ACH

12. OC18002 Industrial Chemistry ACH

13. OC18003 Chemistry in Food Industry ACH

14. OC18004 Fuel Cell Chemistry ACH

15. OC18005 Waste Water Treatment ACH

16. OM18001 Statistical Methods for Engineers AMA

17. OM18002 Linear Programming AMA

18. OM18003 Linear Algebra for Engineers AMA

19. OM18004 Transform Techniques for Boundary Value Problems AMA

Page 11: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

11

LIST OF VALUE ADDED COURSES

(To be completed between IIIrd and VIth Semesters)

S.NO.

COURSE

CODE

COURSE TITLE

CONTACT

PERIODS

L

T

P

C

1. VD18401 Application of Planning Tool in Construction Projects

2 2 0 0 2

2. VD18402 Application of remote sensing in Civil Engineering

2 2 0 0 2

3. VD18403 Finite Element Analysis using Computer Tools

2 2 0 0 2

4. VD18404 BIM Fundamentals for Engineers 2 2 0 0 2

5. VD18405 Green Building Concepts 2 2 0 0 2

6. VD18406 Smart Cities 2 2 0 0 2

7. VD18407 Water Conservation Techniques 2 2 0 0 2

8. VD18408 Vastu in Construction 2 2 0 0 2

9. VD18409 Construction Safety and Management 2 2 0 0 2

10. VD18410 Practical Valuation 2 2 0 0 2

11. VD18411 Design of Multistorey Building – A

practical Approach 2 2 0 0 2

12. VD18412 Corrosion of Steel in Concrete and

Preventive Measures 2 2 0 0 2

13. VD18413 Wastewater Treatment Techniques 2 2 0 0 2

14. VD18414 Automation in Construction 2 2 0 0 2

15. VD18415 Biomimicry in Civil Engineering 2 2 0 0 2

16. VD18416 Architectural Acoustics 2 2 0 0 2

17. VD18417 Forensic Civil Engineering 2 2 0 0 2

18. VD18418 Optimization Techniques 2 2 0 0 2

19. VD18419 In-Situ Soil Testing and Instrumentation 2 2 0 0 2

20. VD18420 Non Destructive Testing Techniques 2 2 0 0 2

21. VD18421 Base Isolation and Damping Techniques

in Aseismic Design 2 2 0 0 2

22. VC18001 Communicative German (Common to All Branches, Except MR)

2 2 0 0 2

23. VC18002 Communicative Japanese (Common to All Branches, Except MR)

2 2 0 0 2

24. VC18003 Communicative Hindi (Common to All Branches, Except MR)

2 2 0 0 2

25. VC18004 Design Thinking and Prototyping

Laboratory (Common to All Branches

Except MR)

4 0 0 4 2

26. VC18005 Basics of Entrepreneurship

Development

(Common to All Branches)

2 2 0 0 2

27. VC18006 Advance in Entrepreneurship

Development

(Common to All Branches)

2 2 0 0 2

Page 12: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

12

MANDATORY COURSE

S.N

O.

COURSE

CODE

COURSE TITLE

CATEGO

RY

CONTACT

PERIODS

L

T

P

C

1. MC18001 Indian Constitution and Society (Common to All Branches Except MR)

MC

3

3

0

0

0

TOTAL 3 3 0 0 0

● SURVEY CAMP

o Students should complete the ‘Survey Camp’ during the semester IV vacation and it will

be evaluated in the semester V

● ONLINE COURSES (To be completed in between III semester to VI semester)

1. Students may be permitted to credit THREE online course of 3 credits each with the

approval of department consultative committee.

2. The three online courses (which are provided with certificate) will subject to a maximum

of three credits each.

3. The approved list of online courses will be provided / approved by the Department

Consultative Committee from time to time.

4. Each online course of 3 credits can be considered instead of one professional/open

elective course.

5. The student needs to obtain certification or credit to become eligible for appearing the

end semester examination to be conducted by controller of examinations, SVCE. The

marks/credits obtained in online course shall be proportionately reduced to 75 marks

and it is considered as an internal mark. The course shall be evaluated through the end

semester examination through an oral examination which will be conducted with 25%

weightage. The expert members for the oral examination will be decided by the

department consultative committee.

● INTERNSHIP (Mandatory)

a. The students should undergo Industrial training / Internship for a period of 2 to 4 weeks

during summer / winter vacation and should earn a minimum of 1 credit or a maximum

of 2 credits.

b. The Internship / Industrial training to be completed between 4th to 6th semester

c. The students may undergo Internship at Research organization / University (after due

approval from the Department Consultative Committee) for a period prescribed in the

curriculum during summer / winter vacation, in lieu of Industrial training

Page 13: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

13

LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES OFFERED BY CIVIL ENGINEERING FOR OTHER DEPARTMENT

STUDENTS

OPEN ELECTIVES – Odd semester

SL.

No

Course

Code Course Title Category

Contact

Periods L T P C

Pre

requisites

Fixed/

Movable

1 OE18401 Basic Civil Engineering OE 3 3 0 0 3 NIL Movable

2 OE18403 Fundamentals of Remote

Sensing and GIS OE 3 3 0 0 3 NIL Movable

3 OE18405 Electronic Waste

Management OE 3 3 0 0 3 NIL Movable

4 OE18407 Basics and Principles of

Green Building Design OE 3 3 0 0 3 NIL Movable

5 OE18409 Principles of Vastu in Interior

Design OE 3 3 0 0 3 NIL Movable

OPEN ELECTIVES- Even semester

6 OE18402 Integrated Solid Waste

Management OE 3 3 0 0 3 NIL Movable

7 OE18404 Life Cycle Assessment OE 3 3 0 0 3 NIL Movable

8 OE18406 Air Pollution and Control

Engineering OE 3 3 0 0 3 NIL Movable

9 OE18408 Water Pollution and its

Management OE 3 3 0 0 3 NIL Movable

Page 14: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

14

Overall Program Structure

S.

NO.

CATEGORY CREDITS IN SEMESTER Total

Credits I II III IV V VI VII VIII

1

Humanities and Social Sciences

including Management courses

(HS)

3 3 2 8

2 Basic Science courses (BS) 11 7 4 3 25

3

Engineering Science courses

including workshop, drawing,

basics of

electrical/mechanical/computer

etc (ES)

8.5 13 6 27.5

4 Professional Core courses (PC) 15 21 20.5 18 12 86.5

5

Professional Elective courses

relevant to chosen

specialization/branch (PE)

3 3 6 6 18

6

Open subjects - Electives from

other technical and /or emerging

subjects (OE)

3 3 6

7

Project work, skill oriented lab,

industry oriented theory and

internship in industry or

elsewhere (EEC)

2 10 12

8

Mandatory Courses

[Environmental Sciences,

Induction training, Indian

Constitution, Essence

of Indian Knowledge Tradition]

(MC)

0 0

Total 22.5 23 25 24 25.5 24 23 16 183

Page 15: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

15

HS18151 COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH L T P C

(Common to all Branches) 3 0 0 3

Objectives :

● To enable learners to interact fluently on everyday social contexts.

● To enable learners to engage in conversations in an academic/scholarly setting.

● To enable learners to overcome public speaking barriers.

● To develop learners’ ability to take notes and in the process, improve their listening skills

● To develop learners’ reading skill through reading text passages for comprehension and contemplation.

● To enable learners to write on topics of general interest and drafting correspondences for general purposes.

UNIT I 9

Listening - short video clips - conversational scenes form movies, celebrities’ speeches/interviews. Speaking -

several ways of introducing oneself at several situations, introducing others at several situations, inviting people for

several occasions, describing people and their places. Reading - short comprehension passages - making inferences,

critical analysis. Writing - completing the incomplete sentences - developing hints from the given information.

Grammar - Wh-Questions and Yes or No questions - Parts of speech. Vocabulary development - prefixes - suffixes

- articles - countable / uncountable nouns.

UNIT II 9

Listening - customer care voice files, short narratives - identifying problems and developing telephone etiquettes.

Speaking - speaking over skype/whatsapp, making business calls, making self-recorded informative videos,

inquiring about a concept/activity, describing a concept/activity. Reading - reading the headlines on news magazines

- slogans and taglines from advertisements. Writing - free writing - writing - headlines , slogans and taglines

individual inspirations. Grammar - conjunctions, idioms, phrases, quotes. Vocabulary development - guessing the

meanings of words in various different contexts.

UNIT III 9

Listening - courtroom scenes from movies, debates and talks from news channels, notes taking. Speaking - language

and tone for arguments, discussion, deliberation, contemplation, expressing opinions, reacting to different situations

in an alien country. Reading - language used in instruction manuals of household appliances, cookery and other

basic instructions. Writing- understanding the structure of texts - use of reference words, discourse markers-

coherence, rearranging the jumbled sentences. Grammar - adjectives - degrees of comparison, framing direct and

indirect questions. Vocabulary development - concise approach, single word substitution.

UNIT IV 9

Listening - Sports commentaries, advertisements with users’ criticisms; Speaking - for social causes, for promoting

a concept, negotiating and bargaining; Reading - review of a product, movie, movement or a system; Writing -

writing for advertisements, selling a product; Grammar – Tenses - Simple Past, Present and Future, Continuous -

Past, Present and Future; Vocabulary Development - synonyms, antonyms and phrasal verbs.

UNIT V 9

Listening - video lectures, video demonstration of a concept; Speaking - presenting papers/concepts, delivering short

speeches, discourses on health, suggesting natural home remedies, cleanliness, civic sense and responsibilities;

Reading - columns and articles on home science;Writing-

correspondencesofrequests,basicenquiry/observationandbasiccomplaints; Grammar - modal verbs, perfect tenses -

Vocabulary development - collocations.

TOTAL PERIODS : 45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Read articles and infer meanings from specific contexts from magazines and newspapers.

Page 16: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

16

● Participate effectively in informal/casual conversations; introduce themselves and their friends and express

opinions in English.

● Comprehend conversations and short talks delivered in English.

● Write short write-ups and personal letters and emails in English.

References:

1. Department of English, Anna University, Mindscapes : English for Technologists and Engineers. Orient Black

Swan, Chennai, 2017.

2. Downes and Colm, "Cambridge English for Job-hunting", Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2008.

3. Murphy and Raymond, "Intermediate English Grammar with Answers", Cambridge University Press, 2000.

4. Thomson, A.J., "Practical English Grammar 1 & 2", Oxford, 1986.

Websites

1. http://www.usingenglish.com

2. http://www.uefap.com3

3. https://owl.english.purdue.edu/owl/

4. www.learnenglishfeelgood.com/esl-printables-worksheets.html

Software

1. Face 2 Face Advance – Cambridge University Press,2014.

2. English Advance Vocabulary- Cambridge University Press.

3. IELTS test preparation – Cambridge University Press2017.

4. Official Guide to the TOEFL Test With CD-ROM, 4th Edition.

5. CAMBRIDGE Preparation for the TOEFL TEST- Cambridge University Press,2017.

Page 17: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

17

MA18151 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS I L T P C

(Common to all Branches except MR) 3 1 0 4

Objectives:

● To understand and apply matrix techniques for engineering applications.

● To make the student knowledgeable in statistical methods of analyzing and interpret the data for engineering

problems.

● To familiarize the student with basic calculus including functions of several variables. This is needed in many

branches of engineering.

● To acquaint the student with mathematical tools needed in evaluating multiple integrals and their usage.

UNIT I MATRICES 12

Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a real matrix - Characteristic equation - Properties of Eigen values and Eigen

vectors - Statement and Applications of Cayley-Hamilton Theorem - Diagonalization of matrices - Reduction of a

quadratic form into canonical form by orthogonal transformation - Nature of quadratic forms.

UNIT II STATISTICAL METHODS 12

Scatter diagram - Karl Pearson coefficient of correlation for raw data - Spermann rank correlation coefficient - lines

of regression - Regression equation X on Y and Y on X- Curve fitting by Principle of least squares - Fitting a straight

line and a parabola .

UNIT III APPLICATION OF DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS 12

Curvature in Cartesian co-ordinates - Centre and radius of curvature - Circle of curvature - Evolutes - Envelopes.

UNIT IV DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES 12

Limits and Continuity - Partial derivatives - Total derivatives - Differentiation of implicit functions

- Jacobians and properties - Taylor’s series for functions of two variables - Maxima and Minima of functions of two

variables - Lagrange’s method of undetermined multipliers.

UNIT V MULTIPLE INTEGRALS 12

Double integrals in Cartesian and polar coordinates - Change of order of integration - Area enclosedbyplanecurves-

Changeofvariablesindoubleintegrals-Tripleintegrals-Volumeof

solids.

TOTAL PERIODS :60 (45 L + 15 T)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to ● Have basic knowledge and understanding of fundamental statistics to analyze and interpret data.

● Do basic application of calculus in engineering problems and to tackle for different geometries.

● Apply the idea of reducing complex Engineering problems into simple form using matrix technique.

Textbooks:

1. Erwin Kreyszig, " Advanced Engineering Mathematics", 8thEdition, John Wiley, 1999.

2. Bali N.P and Manish Goyal, "A Text book of Engineering Mathematics", Eighth Edition, Laxmi Publications

Pvt. Ltd., 2011.

3. Grewal. B.S, "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 41stEdition, Khanna Publications, Delhi, 2011.

References:

1. Gupta S.C and Kapoor V.K, "Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics", S.Chand Private Ltd.,11thEdition,

2005.

2. Glyn James, "Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2012.

3. Peter V.O’Neil, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", 7thEdition, Cengage Learning, 2012.

4. Ramana B.V, "Higher Engineering Mathematics", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2008.

5. Sivarama Krishna Das P. and Rukmangadachari E., "Engineering Mathematics", Volume I, Second Edition,

Pearson Publishing, 2011.

Page 18: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

18

PH18151 ENGINEERING PHYSICS L T P C

(Common to all Branches) 3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To enhance the fundamental knowledge in Physics and its applications relevant to various streams of

Engineering and Technology.

UNIT I CRYSTAL PHYSICS 12

Unit cell - Bravais Lattices - Miller indices - Distance between Inter planar distance ‘d’ (derivation) - discussion of

various crystal structures: calculation of Atomic radius, Coordination number, effective number of lattice points and

Atomic Packing Factor for the SC, BCC, FCC, HCP, Diamond Cubic (derivation) - discussion about the NaCl,

Graphite structures. Crystal defects : Zero dimensional, one dimensional, Two dimensional and Three dimensional

defects. Diffraction of X-rays by crystal planes - Bragg’s spectrometer - Powder Diffraction method.

UNIT II THERMAL PHYSICS 6

Modes of heat transfer: Newton’s law of cooling - thermal conductivity - Lee’s disc method (derivation and expt) -

Radial heat flow - Rubber tube method - conduction through compound media (series and parallel).

UNIT III WAVE MECHANICS 9

Quantum principles: Black body radiation - Planck Hypothesis (qualitative), Compton’s effect (derivation). Wave-

particle duality - De-Broglie matter waves - Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle - Wave function and its significance

- Schrödinger’s wave equation (time dependent and Time independent) (derivation) - Application of Schrodinger’s

wave equation - Particle in one dimensional box (derivation ) - Degenerate and non-degenerate energy states.

UNIT IV ACOUSTICS AND ULTRASONICS 9

Acoustics: Classification of Sound - Characteristics of Musical Sound - Quality (Timbre), Pitch, Intensity of Sound

- Units of Sound - decibel - Reverberation of sound - Reverberation time - absorption of sound energy by materials

- Absorption coefficient - Sabine’s Formula (derivation) - Factors affecting the acoustics of buildings - Remedies.

Ultrasonics: Introduction to ultrasonics - Properties of ultrasonic waves - Production of Ultrasonics -

Magnetostriction method, Piezo electric method - detection of ultrasonics - Ultrasonic Acoustic grating -

Applications of ultrasonic waves - SONAR, NDT, Sonogram.

UNIT V OPTOELECTRONICS AND FIBER OPTICS 9

Lasers: Basic properties of Lasers - Einstein’s coefficients (Derivation) - Population inversion - Types of Lasers -

Molecular Gas Lasers (CO2 Laser) - Solid state Laser (Nd: YAG Laser) - Applications of Lasers in Engineering

and Medicine.

Fibre optics: Introduction - Principle and structure of optical fibers - Acceptance angle - Numerical

Aperture - Types of optical fibers - Optical fiber communication system (block diagram) - Advantages and its

applications.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to ● Gain working knowledge of fundamental physics and basic engineering principles in one or more engineering

disciplines.

● Understand and to compute problems in Quantum Physics.

● Use modern engineering physics techniques and tools.

● Enhance knowledge about photonics and optical fiber communication system.

Textbooks:

1. Gaur R.K. and Gupta S.L, "Engineering Physics", Dhanput Publications, 2015.

2. Shatendra Sharma and Jyotsna Sharma, "Engineering Physics", Pearson, 2006.

3. Rajendran V, "Engineering Physics", Tata McGraw Hill, 2009.

4. Arumugam M, "Materials Science", Anuradha Publications, 2015.

Page 19: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

19

References:

1. David Halliday, Robert ResnickJearl Walker, "Principles of Physics", 10thEdition, Wiley, 2015.

2. Peter Atkins and Julio De Paula, "Physical Chemistry", 10thEdition.,Oxford University Press, 2014.

3. Arthur Beiser, ShobhitMahajanand RaiChoudhuryS, "Concepts of Modern Physics", 7thEdition, McGraw Hill

Education, 2017.

4. Raghavan V, "Materials Science and Engineering", PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2010.

Page 20: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

20

CY18151 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY L T P C

(Common to all Branches except MR) 3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To make the students conversant with boiler feed water requirements, related problems and the water treatment

techniques.

● To develop an understanding the principle, types and mechanism of corrosion and protective coatings.

● To acquaint the students with the basics of nano materials, their properties and applicants.

● To develop an understanding of the laws of photochemistry and basic spectral (UV and IR) analysis.

● To enable the students to understand the types of fuels, its calorific values and the significance flue gas analysis.

UNIT I WATER TECHNOLOGY 9

Sources, hard & soft water, estimation of hardness by EDTA method, boiler feed water, boiler problems, cause and

preventive measures, softening of water, zeolite process & demineralization by ion exchangers, internal treatment

methods, specifications for drinking water, BIS & WHO standards, treatment of water for domestic use, desalination

- reverse osmosis & electrodialysis.

UNIT II CORROSION AND ITS CONTROL 9

Corrosion: Basic concepts - mechanism of chemical, electrochemical corrosion - Pilling Bedworth rule – Types of

Electrochemical corrosion - galvanic corrosion - differential aeration corrosion - pitting corrosion – stress corrosion

– factors influencing corrosion. Corrosion control: Cathodic protection – sacrificial anodic method - corrosion

inhibitors. Protective coatings: surface preparation For metallic coatings - electro plating (copper plating) and

electroless plating (Nickel plating) - chemical conversion coatings - anodizing, phosphating & chromate coating.

UNIT III NANOCHEMISTRY 9

Basics - distinction between molecules, nanoparticles and bulk materials; size-dependent properties. nanoparticles:

nano cluster, nano rod, nanotube (CNT) and nanowire. Synthesis: precipitation, thermolysis, hydrothermal,

solvothermal, electrodeposition, chemical vapour deposition, laser ablation; Properties and applications of

nanomaterials.

UNIT IV PHOTOCHEMISTRY AND SPECTROSCOPY 9

Photochemistry: Laws of photochemistry - Grotthuss - Draper law, Stark-Einstein law and Lambert Beer Law.

Quantum efficiency - Photo processes - Internal Conversion, Inter-system crossing, Fluorescence, Phosphorescence

and Photo-sensitization. Spectroscopy: Electromagnetic spectrum - Absorption of radiation - Electronic, Vibrational

and rotational transitions. UV-visible and IR spectroscopy - principles, instrumentation (Block diagram only) and

applications.

UNIT V FUELS AND COMBUSTION 9

Fuel: Introduction - classification of fuels - calorific value - higher and lower calorific values - coal analysis of coal

(proximate and ultimate) - carbonization - manufacture of metallurgical coke (Otto Hoffmann method) - petroleum-

refining - manufacture of synthetic petrol (Bergius process) - knocking octane number - diesel oil - cetane number

- natural gas - compressed natural gas(CNG)

-liquefied petroleum gases(LPG)-producer gas-water gas. Combustion of fuels : introduction - theoretical

calculation of calorific value - calculation of stoichiometry of fuel and air ratio - flue gas analysis by ORSAT

Method.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to ● Apply the knowledge acquired on fuels, corrosion and its control, nano chemistry and water treatment

techniques will make better understanding of engineering processes and applications for further learning.

Page 21: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

21

Textbooks:

1. Gaur R.K. and Gupta S.L, "Engineering Physics", Dhanput Publications, 2015.

2. Shatendra Sharma and Jyotsna Sharma, "Engineering Physics", Pearson, 2006.

3. Rajendran V, "Engineering Physics", Tata McGraw Hill, 2009.

4. Arumugam M, "Materials Science", Anuradha Publications, 2015.

References:

1. David Halliday, Robert Resnick Jearl Walker, "Principles of Physics", 10thEdition, Wiley, 2015.

2. Peter Atkins and Julio De Paula, "Physical Chemistry", 10thEdition.,Oxford University Press, 2014.

3. Arthur Beiser, Shobhit Mahajanand Rai ChoudhuryS, "Concepts of Modern Physics", 7thEdition, McGraw Hill

Education, 2017.

4. Raghavan V, "Materials Science and Engineering", PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2010.

Page 22: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

22

EE18151 BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING L T P C

(Common to AE,BT,CE,CS,IT,MR & ME) 3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To understand the basic theorems used in Electrical circuits and the principles of measuring instruments.

● To educate the different concepts and function of electrical machines.

● To introduce the fundamentals of semiconductor and applications.

● To explain the principles of digital electronics.

● To impart knowledge of communication.

UNIT I ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS & MEASURMENTS 10

Ohm’s Law - Kirchhoff’s Laws - Steady State Solution of DC Circuits using Mesh Analysis - Introduction to AC

Circuits - Waveforms and RMS Value - Power and Power factor - Single Phase and Three Phase AC Balanced

Circuits. Construction and working Principle of Moving Coil and Moving Iron Instruments (Ammeters and

Voltmeters), Dynamometer type Watt meters and Energy meters (Qualitative treatment only).

UNIT II ELECTRICAL MACHINES 10

Construction, Principle of Operation, Basic Equations and Applications of DC Generators, DC Motors, Single phase

induction Motor, Single Phase Transformer.

UNIT III SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AND APPLICATIONS 9

Characteristics of PN Junction Diode - Zener Effect - Zener Diode - LED, Photo diode and its Characteristics - Half

wave and Full wave Rectifiers - Voltage Regulation. Bipolar Junction Transistor - CB, CE, CC Configurations and

Characteristics - Photo transistors.

UNIT IV DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 9

Binary Number System - Logic Gates - Boolean Algebra - Half and Full Adders - Flip-Flops - Registers and

Counters - A/D and D/A Conversion (single concepts).

UNIT V FUNDAMENTALS OF COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING 7

Types of Signals: Analog and Digital Signals - Modulation and Demodulation: Principles of Amplitude and

Frequency Modulations.

Communication Systems: Radio, TV, Fax, Microwave, Satellite and Optical Fiber (Block Diagram

Approach only).

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to ● Study the fundamental laws governing electrical circuits and describe the working of measuring instruments.

● Understand the construction and characteristics of different electrical machines.

● Describe the fundamental behavior of different semiconductor devices and circuits.

● Learn the fundamental concepts of digital electronics circuits.

● Recognize the type of signals, data transfer and able to apply in communication systems.

Textbooks:

1. Mittle V.N, Arvind Mittal, "Basic Electrical Engineering", Tata McGraw Hill (India), Second Edition, 2013.

2. Sedha R.S., "A Text Book of Applied Electronics", S. Chand & Co., 2014.

References:

1. Muthusubramanian R, Salivahanan S and Muraleedharan K A, "Basic Electrical, Electronics Engineering",

Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.

2. I.J. Nagrath and D.P. Kothari, "Basic Electrical Engineering", Tata McGraw Hill ((India), Third Edition, 2010.

3. Mehta V K, "Principles of Electronics", S. Chand & Company Ltd, 2010.

4. M. Morris Mano, "Digital Logic & Computer Engineering", Printice Hall of India, 2004. Mahmood Nahvi and

Joseph A. Edminister, "Electric Circuits", Schaum' Outline Series, McGraw Hill, Fourth Edition, 2007.

Page 23: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

23

GE18151 ENGINEERING DRAWING L T P C

(Common to all Branches) 3 0 2 4

Objectives:

● This course will introduce students to Engineering Drawing and build their ability to read drawings and

interpret the position and form of simple geometry, culminating into understanding of simple technical

assemblies.

UNIT 0 ENGINEERING DRAWING FUNDAMENTALS (Not for

Examination)

5

Drawing standard: BIS, Lettering, Dimensioning, Type of lines, Conventions, Geometrical constructions: Dividing

a straight line into equal parts, Bisecting a given angle, Construction of polygon - Triangle, Square, Pentagon and

Hexagon using drawing tools.

UNIT I CURVES AND PROJECTION OF POINTS AND LINES 15

Construction of Engineering Curves: Conic Sections - Ellipse, Parabola, Hyperbola using Eccentricity method,

Cycloid, Involute of Circle and Pentagon.

Projection: Principal Planes, Projection of Points using Four Angles of Projection, Projection of Straight Lines -

Lines parallel or inclined to one or both planes using Rotating Line Method in First Angle of Projection.

UNIT II PROJECTION OF PLANES AND SOLIDS 15

Projection of Plane Figures - Inclined to any one Principal Plane,

Projection of Solids - Simple Solids (Prisms, Pyramids, Cone and Cylinder) axis inclined to any one Principal Plane.

UNIT III SECTION OF SOLIDS & DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES 15

Section of Solids - Sectional views of simple vertical solids cut by section plane inclined to any one Principal Plane.

Development of Surfaces - Development of lateral surfaces of truncated and frustum of simple solids.

UNIT IV PICTORIAL PROJECTION 15

Introduction to Pictorial Projection, Isometric Projection - Principle, Isometric Planes, Isometric Scales, Isometric

Projection of simple solids and their combination.

Free Hand Drawing - Orthographic Projection - Orthographic views of simple blocks from their Isometric view,

Isometric view of simple blocks from their Orthographic views.

UNIT V PERSPECTIVE PROJECTION 10

Perspective Projection of full solids in simple positions with respect to projection planes by visual ray and vanishing

point method.

TOTAL PERIODS :75

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Perform free hand sketching of basic geometrical constructions and multiple views of objects.

● Do orthographic projection of lines and plane surfaces.

● Draw projections and solids and development of surfaces.

● Prepare isometric and perspective sections of simple solids.

● Demonstrate computer aided drafting.

Textbooks:

1. Bhatt N.D, Panchal Pramod V.M and Ingle R, "Engineering Drawing", Charotar Publishing House, 2014.

References:

1. Venugopal K and Prabhu Raja V, "Engineering Graphics", New Age International (P) Limited, 2009.

Page 24: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

24

2. Shah M.B and Rana B.C, "Engineering Drawing", Pearson Education, 2009.

3. Gopalakrishna K.R, "Engineering Drawing" (Vol. I & II), Subhas Publications, 2010.

4. Natrajan K.V, "A Textbook of Engineering Graphics", Dhanalakshmi Publishers, Chennai, 2006.

5. Gowri S and Jeyapoovan T, "Engineering Graphics", Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2011.

Page 25: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

25

PC18161 PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY LABORATORY L T P C

(Common to all Branches) 0 0 2 1

PHYSICS LABORATORY

Objectives:

● To make the student to acquire practical skills in the determination of various physical properties of materials.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (Any 5 experiments to be conducted):

1. Determination of compressibility of the liquid – Ultrasonic interferometer.

2. Determination of thickness of the given object by Air wedge method.

3. Determination of dispersive power of a prism by Spectrometer.

4. Determination of Young’s modulus of wooden scale by Non-Uniform bending.

5. Determination of wavelength, particle size and numerical aperture of fibre using Lasers.

6. Lee’s Disc – Thermal conductivity of the poor conductor.

7. Torsional Pendulum – Determination of Rigidity modulus and moment of inertia.

LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS:

Spectrometer, Mercury Vapour lamp, Lee’s disc experimental setup, Travelling microscope, Ultrasonic

interferometer, Sodium vapour lamp, Diode laser, Optical fiber kit.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● analyze the physical principle using the various instruments, also relate the principle to engineering

applications.

● Perform the various experiments in the areas of optics, mechanics and thermal physics will nurture the students

in all branches of Engineering.

● think innovatively and also improve the creative skills that are essential for engineering.

CHEMISTRY LABORATORY

Objectives:

● To make the student to acquire practical skills in the determination of water quality parameters through

volumetric and instrumental analysis.

● To acquaint the students with the determination of molecular weight of a polymer by viscometery.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (Any 5 experiments to be conducted):

1. Determination of total, temporary & permanent hardness of water by EDTA method.

2. Estimation of copper by EDTA.

3. Conductometric titration of a strong acid with a strong base

4. Estimation of iron content of the given solution using potentiometer.

5. Estimation of iron content of the water sample using spectrophotometer.

6. Determination of molecular weight of polymer using viscometer.

Determination of Alkalinity in water.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● perform quantitative chemical analysis of water quality related parameters.

Page 26: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

26

LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS:

1. Conductivity meter - 10Nos

2. Spectrophotometer - 10Nos

3. Ostwald Viscometer - 10Nos

4. Potentiometer - 10Nos

5. Electronic Balance - 2Nos

Common Apparatus: Pipette, Burette, conical flask, iodine flask, porcelain tile, dropper (each 30 Nos.)

TOTAL PERIODS :60

References:

1. Rajendran V, "Engineering Physics", Tata McGraw Hill, 2009.

2. Furniss B.S. Hannaford A.J, Smith P.W.G and Tatchel A.R., "Vogels Textbook of Practical Organic

Chemistry", 8thEdition, LBS Singapore, 2014

Page 27: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

27

GE18161 ENGINEERING PRACTICES LABORATORY L T P C

(Common to all Branches) 0 0 3 1.5

Objectives:

● To provide exposure to the students with hands on experience on various basic engineering practices in Civil,

Mechanical, Electrical and Electronics Engineering.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

GROUP A (CIVIL & MECHANICAL)

I CIVIL ENGINEERING PRACTICE

Buildings:

1. Study of plumbing and carpentry components of residential and industrial buildings. Safety aspects.

Plumbing Works:

a) Study of pipeline joints, its location and functions: valves, taps, couplings, unions, reducers, elbows

in household fittings.

b) Study of pipe connections requirements for pumps and turbines.

c) Preparation of plumbing line sketches for water supply and sewage works.

d) Hands-on-exercise:

Basic pipe connections - Mixed pipe material connection - Pipe connections with different joining

components.

e) Demonstration of plumbing requirements of high-rise buildings.

Carpentry using Power Tools only:

a) Study of the joints in roofs, doors, windows and furniture.

b) Hands-on-exercise:

Wood work, joints by sawing, planning and cutting.

II MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE

Welding:

a) Preparation of arc welding of butt joints, lap joints and tee joints.

b) Gas welding practice

Basic Machining:

a) Simple Turning and Taper turning

b) Drilling Practice

Sheet Metal Work:

a) Forming &Bending:

b) Model making – Trays, funnels ,etc.

c) Different type of joints.

Machine assembly practice:

a) Study of centrifugal pump

b) Study of air conditioner

Demonstration on:

a) Smithy operations, upsetting, swaging, setting down and bending. Example – Exercise – Production

of hexagonal headed bolt.

b) Foundry operations like mould preparation for gear and step cone pulley.

Fitting – Exercises – Preparation of square fitting and vee – fitting models.

GROUP B (ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS)

III ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE

1. Residential house wiring using switches, fuse, indicator, lamp and energy meter

2. Fluorescent lamp wiring.

3. Stair case wiring

4. Measurement of electrical quantities – voltage, current, power & power factor in RLC circuit.

5. Measurement and comparison of energy for resistive and LED load using single phase energy meter.

Page 28: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

28

6. Measurement of resistance to earth of an electrical equipment.

IV ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING PRACTICE

1. Identification of circuit components

a) Resistor, capacitor, diode (PN & Zener),transistors.

b) Soldering practice – Circuits – Using general purpose PCB.

2. Evaluating the parameters for DC power supply and AC power supply (peak-peak, rms, average, period,

frequency) using function generator and CRO.

3. Study and implementation of logic functions using NAND, NOR, and NOT gates.

4. VI Characteristics of PN Junction diode.

5. VI Characteristics of Solar photovoltaic panel.

6. Design a 5V/12V Regulated Power Supply : using FWR rectifier and IC7805/IC7812.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to ● Fabricate carpentry components and to lay pipe connections including plumbing works.

● Use welding equipments to join the structures.

● Wiring of basic electrical system and measurement of electrical parameters.

● Study and implementation of basic electronic components, circuits and solar photovoltaic panel.

● Design a basic regulated power supply.

References:

1. Jeyachandran K., Natarajan S. &Balasubramanian S., "A Primer on Engineering Practices Laboratory",

Anuradha Publications, 2007.

2. Jeyapoovan T., Saravanapandian M. &Pranitha S., "Engineering Practices Lab Manual", VikasPuplishing

House Pvt.Ltd, 2006.

3. Bawa H.S., "Workshop Practice", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2007.

4. Rajendra Prasad A. and Sarma P.M.M.S., "Workshop Practice", SreeSai Publication, 2002.

5. Kannaiah P. &Narayana K.L., "Manual on Workshop Practice", Scitech Publications, 1999.

6. Mittle V.N, Arvind Mittal, "Basic Electrical Engineering", Tata McGraw Hill(India), Second Edition,2013.

7. Sedha R.S., "A Text Book of Applied Electronics", S. Chand & Co., 2014.

Page 29: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

29

LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS:

S. No. Description of Equipment Qty

CIVIL

1. Assorted components for plumbing consisting of metallic

pipes, plastic pipes, flexible pipes, couplings, unions, elbows, plugs and

other fittings.

15 Sets.

2. Carpentry vice (fitted to work bench) 15 Nos.

3. Standard woodworking tools 15 Sets.

4. Models of industrial trusses, door joints, furniture joints 5 each

5. Power Tools:

(a) Rotary Hammer

(b) Demolition Hammer

(c) Circular Saw

(d) Planer

(e) Hand Drilling Machine

(f) Jigsaw

2 Nos

MECHANICAL

1. Arc welding transformer with cables and holders 5 Nos.

2. Welding booth with exhaust facility 5 Nos.

3. Welding accessories like welding shield, chipping hammer, wire brush, etc. 5 Sets.

4. Oxygen and acetylene gas cylinders, blow pipe and other welding outfit. 2 Nos.

5. Centre lathe 2 Nos.

6. Hearth furnace, anvil and smithy tools 2 Sets.

7. Moulding table, foundry tools 2 Sets.

8. Power Tool: Angle Grinder 2 Nos

9. Study-purpose items: centrifugal pump, air-conditioner 1 each

ELECTRICAL

1. Assorted electrical components for house wiring 15 Sets

2. Electrical measuring instruments 10 Sets

3. Study purpose items: Iron box, fan and regulator, emergency lamp 1 each

4. Megger (250V/500V) 1 No.

5. Power Tools: (a) Range Finder 2 Nos (b) Digital Live- wire detector 2 Nos.

6. LED lamp 8 W & 16 W 2 Nos. each

ELECTRONICS

1. Soldering guns 10 Nos.

2. Assorted electronic components for making circuits 50 Nos.

3. Small PCBs 10 Nos.

4. Multimeters 10 Nos.

5. Study purpose ICs: IC7805/IC7812 1 each

6. Photovoltaic panel: 5 W/10 W 2 Nos.

7. Light Source for PV panel 1 No.

Page 30: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

30

HS18251 TECHNICAL ENGLISH L T P C

(Common to all branches) 3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To enable learners to define and understand technical communication and scientific writing

● To expose learners to nuances of seminar presentation, group discussion, and public speaking

● To expose learners to writing for scientific purposes

● To expose learners to drafting correspondences for business purposes

● To expose learners to writing for documenting purposes

● To enable students to have a holistic understanding of job interviews and recruiting process.

UNIT I 9

Listening - AV files pertaining to manufacturing processes of products, scientific documentaries; Speaking -

syllable division and word stress, intonation, sharing opinions; Reading - news articles related to science and

technology; Writing - definitions, instruction, recommendation, data interpretation, resume; Grammar - tenses and

their aspects, sentence connectors - discourse markers, sequential words, active and passive voice, subject-verb

agreement.

UNIT II 9

Listening - AV pertaining to marketing strategies, peer reading and pronunciation; Speaking - turn taking, sharing

opinions; conducting and attending a meeting, understanding the nuances of spoken communication among internal

audience and external audience; Reading - analytical documents, descriptive documents; Writing - fliers,

brochures, resume - letter of application, checklists; Grammar - modal verbs, clauses - types and uses, conditional

clauses,articles.

UNIT III 9

Listening - AV related to how to use components, scientific description, Speaking - speaking for motivation and

initiation, speaking at a seminar presentation; Reading - scientific journals, papers; Writing - Technical

descriptions - process description, purpose and function, PowerPoint, Google forms, user manuals; Grammar -

phrasal verbs, prepositions, technical and scientific affixes.

UNIT IV 9

Listening - scientific debates, crisis management; Speaking - handling conflicts, speaking about the loss of benefits,

progress or decline of business, identifying the connotative meanings, Reading- documented evidences of uses and

functions of a product, review of a product, Writing - memos, follow-up letters, reports - proposal, project, progress

reports, sales reports, reports on industrial visits, executive summary. Grammar - reported speech and tag questions,

sentence structure - comparative, imperative, cause and effect, infinitive of result.

UNIT V 9

Listening - AV of Group discussions, panel discussions, face to face interviews for recruitment purposes; Speaking-

speaking at group discussions, interviewing a personality, answering at the interviews; Reading - WebPages of

topnotch engineering companies, Writing - blogging, e-mails, letter of complaint, minutes of the meeting;

Grammar - one word substitution, collocations, better word/sentence substitution (rephrasing the

content/improvising ideas).

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Suggested Activities [task based] - case study, guest lectures as models, problem solving, understanding team work.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to ● understand the nuances of technical communication and scientific writing

● present papers and give seminars

● discuss in groups and brainstorm

Page 31: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

31

● draft business correspondences and write for documenting purposes

● face job interviews with confidence

References:

1. Department of English, Anna University. Mindscapes : English for Technologists and Engineers. Orient

Blackswan, Chennai. 2012.

2. Downes, Colm, Cambridge English for Job-hunting, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi.2008.

3. Murphy, Raymond, Intermediate English Grammar with Answers, Cambridge University Press 2000.

4. Thomson, A.J., "Practical English Grammar 1 & 2", Oxford, 1986.

5. Herbert A J, "The Structure of Technical English", Longman, 1965.

Websites

1. http://www.usingenglish.com

2. http://www.uefap.com3

3. https://owl.english.purdue.edu/owl/

4. www.learnenglishfeelgood.com/esl-printables-worksheets.html

Software

1. Face2Face Advance – Cambridge University Press,2014

2. English Advance Vocabulary- Cambridge UniversityPress

3. IELTS test preparation – Cambridge University Press2017

4. Official Guide to the TOEFL Test With CD-ROM, 4thEdition

5. CAMBRIDGE Preparation for the TOEFL TEST- Cambridge University Press, 2017

Page 32: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

32

MA18251 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II L T P C

(Common to all branches except MR) 3 1 0 4

Objectives:

● To acquaint the student with the concepts of vector calculus needed for problems in all engineering disciplines.

● To make the student acquire sound knowledge of techniques in solving ordinary differential equations that

model engineering problems.

● To develop an understanding of the standard techniques of complex variable theory so asto enable the student

to apply them with confidence in application areas such as heat conduction, elasticity, fluid dynamics and flow

of electric current.

● To make the student appreciate the purpose of using transforms to create a new domain in which it is easier to

handle the problem that is being investigated.

UNIT I VECTOR CALCULUS 12

Gradient, divergence and curl - Directional derivative - Irrotational and solenoidal vector fields - Vector integration

- Green’s theorem in a plane, Gauss divergence theorem and Stokes’ theorem (excluding proofs) - Simple

applications involving cubes and rectangular parallelopipeds.

UNIT II ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12

Higher order linear differential equations with constant coefficients - Method of variation of parameters - Cauchy’s

and Legendre’s linear equations - Simultaneous first order linear equations with constant coefficients.

UNIT III LAPLACE TRANSFORM 12

Laplace transform - Sufficient condition for existence - Transform of elementary functions - Basic properties -

Transforms of derivatives and integrals of functions - Derivatives and integrals of transforms - Transforms of unit

step function and impulse functions - Transform of periodic functions. Inverse Laplace transforms -Statement of

Convolution theorem - Initial and final value theorems - Solution of linear ODE of second order with constant

coefficients using Laplace transformation techniques.

UNIT IV ANALYTIC FUNCTION 12

Functions of a complex variable - Analytic functions: Necessary conditions - Cauchy-Riemann equations and

sufficient conditions (excluding proofs) - Harmonic and orthogonal properties of analytic function - Harmonic

conjugate - Construction of analytic functions - Conformal mapping - Translation, rotation and inversion (w = z+c,

cz, 1/z, z2) - Bilinear transformation.

UNIT V COMPLEX INTEGRATION 12

Complex integration - Statement and applications of Cauchy’s integral theorem and Cauchy’s integral formula -

Taylor’s and Laurent’s series expansions - Singular points - Residues - Cauchy’s residue theorem - Evaluation of

real definite integrals as contour integrals around unit circle and

semi-circle (excluding poles on the real axis).

TOTAL PERIODS :60 (45 L + 15 T)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Solve engineering problems using the concepts of vector calculus

● Solve the ordinary differential equations for various problems

● Apply the fundamentals of Laplace transform in solving problems

● Solve problems using fundamentals of analytic functions.

● Solve problems using fundamentals of complex integration

Page 33: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

33

Textbooks:

1. Erwin Kreyszig, " Advanced Engineering Mathematics", 8th

Edition, John Wiley, 1999.

2. Bali N.P and Manish Goyal, "A Text book of Engineering Mathematics", Eighth Edition, Laxmi

Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2011.

3. Grewal. B.S, "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 41st

Edition, Khanna Publications, Delhi, 2011.

References:

1. Dass, H.K., and Er. RajnishVerma, "Higher Engineering Mathematics", S.Chand Private Ltd., 2011.

2. Glyn James, "Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2012.

3. Peter V.O’Neil, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", 7thEdition, Cengage Learning, 2012.

4. Ramana B.V, "Higher Engineering Mathematics", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2008.

5. Sivarama Krishna Das P. and Rukmangadachari E., "Engineering Mathematics", Volume I, Second Edition,

Pearson Publishing, 2011.

Page 34: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

34

IT18101 PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING L T P C

(Common to all branches except MR) 3 0 0 3

Objectives:

The students should be made to:

● Learn the organization of a digital computer.

● Learn to think logically and write algorithms or draw flow charts for problems.

● Be exposed to the syntax of C.

● Be familiar with programming in C.

● Learn to use arrays, strings, functions, pointers, structures and unions in C.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO PROBLEM SOLVING 9

Simple model of a Computer - Hardware - Software - Data Representation, Introduction to Computer Networks and

Internet, Problem Solving Techniques - Bottom up design and top down design - applications, Introduction to

Algorithms and Flow Chart.

UNIT II C PROGRAMMING BASICS 9

Introduction to ‘C’ programming - structure of a ‘C’ program - compilation and linking processes. Conversion of

simple algorithm to program.

Constants, Variables - Data Types - Expressions using operators in ‘C’ - Managing Input and Output operations -

Decision Making and Branching - Looping statements - solving simple scientific and statistical problems..

UNIT III ARRAYS AND STRINGS 9

Arrays - Initialization - Declaration - One dimensional and Two dimensional arrays - String- String operations -

Arrays of strings.

UNIT IV FUNCTIONS AND USER DEFINED DATA TYPES 9

Function - definition of function - Declaration of function - Pass by value - Pass by reference - Recursion -

Enumerators - Structures - Unions.

UNIT V POINTERS AND FILES 9

Macros - storage classes - Pointers - Definition - Initialization - Pointers arithmetic - Double Pointers, Basic file

operations - Example problems.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to ● Understand the fundamentals of Computers

● Apply various problem solving techniques and represent solutions to problems as algorithm and flow chart

● Write sample programs using the constructs of C Language

● Construct modularized applications in C

Textbooks:

1. PradipDey and ManasGhosh, "Programming in C", First Edition, Oxford University Press, 2018.

2. Byron S Gottfried, "Programming with C", Schaum’s Outlines, Third Edition, Tata McGraw- Hill, 2010.

References:

1. Kernighan B.W and Ritchie D.M, "The C Programming Language", Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.

2. Yashavant P. Kanetkar, "Let Us C", BPB Publications, 2011.

3. Paul J Deitel and Harvey M.Deitel,"C How to Program", Seventh Edition, Pearson Education, 2016.

Page 35: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

35

GE18251 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING L T P C

(Common to all branches) 3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To study the nature and facts about environment.

● To study the interrelationship between living organism and environment.

● To implement scientific, technological, economic and political solutions to environmental problems.

● To study the integrated themes and biodiversity, natural resources, pollution control and waste management.

UNIT I ENVIRONMENT, ECOSYSTEMS AND BIODIVERSITY 12

Definition, scope and importance of environment - need for public awareness - concept of an ecosystem - structure

and function of an ecosystem - energy flow in the ecosystem - ecological succession - food chains, food webs and

ecological pyramids - Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the forest ecosystem,

grassland ecosystem, desert ecosystem, aquatic ecosystems, Introduction to biodiversity definition: genetic, species

and ecosystem diversity - biogeographical classification of India - value of biodiversity - Biodiversity at global,

national and local levels - India as a mega-diversity nation - hot-spots of biodiversity - threats to biodiversity - man-

wildlife conflicts - endangered and endemic species of India - conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and ex-situ

conservation of biodiversity.

UNIT II NATURAL RESOURCES 10

Forest resources: Use and over-exploitation, deforestation, case studies- timber extraction, mining, dams and their

effects on forests and tribal people - Water resources: Use and over - utilization of surface and ground water, floods,

drought, conflicts over water, dams - benefits and problems - Mineral resources: Use and exploitation,

environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies - Food resources: World food

problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer - pesticide

problems, water logging, salinity, case studies - Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non

renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy sources. case studies - Land resources: Land as a resource - role

of an individual in conservation of natural resources - Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.

UNIT III ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT 10

Definition - causes, effects and control measures Air pollution, Water pollution, Soil pollution, Marine pollution,

Noise pollution, Thermal pollution, Nuclear hazards - solid waste management: causes, effects and control measures

of municipal solid wastes, e-Waste, risk related to e-Waste - role of an individual in prevention of pollution -

pollution case studies - disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides, land degradation, man

induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification.

UNIT IV SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT 7

From unsustainable to sustainable development - urban problems related to energy - water conservation, rain water

harvesting, watershed management - resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns, case

studies - role of non-governmental organization- environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions - Principles of

green chemistry, climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust,

case studies - wasteland reclamation - consumerism and waste products - Environment protection act - Air

(Prevention and Control of Pollution) act - Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) act - Wildlife protection act

- Forest conservation act - central and state pollution control boards - Public awareness.

UNIT V HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT 6

Population growth, variation among nations - population explosion - family welfare programme - environment and

human health - human rights - value education - HIV / AIDS, Swine flu, Dengue fever - women and child welfare

- role of information technology in environment and human health management - case studies.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to ● Solve problems that cannot be solved by mere environmental laws.

● Acquire awareness on environmental issues at their infant stage.

● Integrate facts, concepts and methods for multiple disciplines and apply them to solve environmental and social

Page 36: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

36

problems.

● Analyse the connectivity between manmade activities - pollution - environmental issues- social problem and

provide eco-friendly solutions.

Textbooks:

1. Benny Joseph, "Environmental Science and Engineering", Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2012.

2. Gilbert M.Masters, "Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science", 2nd edition, Pearson Education,

2010

References:

1. Dharmendra S. Sengar, "Environmental law", Prentice hall of India PVT LTD, New Delhi, 2012.

2. Erach Bharucha, "Textbook of Environmental Studies", Universities Press(I) PVT, LTD, Hydrabad, 2015.

3. Rajagopalan, R, "Environmental Studies - From Crisis to Cure", Oxford University Press, 2011.

4. Tyler Miller. G and Scott E. Spoolman, "Environmental Science", Cengage Learning India PVT, LTD, Delhi,

2013.

Page 37: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

37

CE18201 ENGINEERING MECHANICS FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING L T P C

3 1 0 4

Objectives:

● The objective of this course is to inculcate in the student the ability to analyze any problem in a simple and

logical manner and to predict the physical phenomena and thus lay the foundation for engineering applications.

UNIT I STATICS OF PARTICLES 12

Fundamental Concepts and Principles, Systems of Units, Method of Problem Solutions, Statics of Particles -Forces

in a Plane , Resultant of Forces , Resolution of a Force into Components, Rectangular Components of a Force, Unit

Vectors. Equilibrium of a Particle- Newton’s First Law of Motion, Space and Free-Body Diagrams , Forces in

Space, Equilibrium of a Particle in Space.

UNIT II EQUILIBRIUM OF RIGID BODIES 12

Principle of Transmissibility, Equivalent Forces, Vector Product of Two Vectors, Moment of a Force about a Point

,Varignon’s Theorem, Rectangular Components of the Moment of a Force, Scalar Product of Two Vectors, Mixed

Triple Product of Three Vectors, Moment of a Force about an Axis, Couple - Moment of a Couple, Equivalent

Couples, Addition of Couples, Resolution of a Given Force into a Force -Couple system, Further Reduction of a

System of Forces, Equilibrium in Two and Three Dimensions - Reactions at Supports and Connections.

UNIT III DISTRIBUTED FORCES 12

Centroids of lines and areas – symmetrical and unsymmetrical shapes, Determination of Centroids by Integration ,

Theorems of Pappus-Guldinus, Distributed Loads on Beams, Center of Gravity of a Three-Dimensional Body,

Centroid of a Volume, Composite Bodies , Determination of Centroids of Volumes by Integration. Moments of

Inertia of Areas and Mass - Determination of the Moment of Inertia of an Area by Integration , Polar Moment of

Inertia , Radius of Gyration of an Area , Parallel-Axis Theorem , Moments of Inertia of Composite Areas, Moments

of Inertia of a Mass - Moments of Inertia of Thin Plates , Determination of the Moment of Inertia of a Three-

Dimensional Body by Integration.

UNIT IV FRICTION 12

The Laws of Dry Friction. Coefficients of Friction, Angles of Friction, Wedges, Wheel Friction. Rolling Resistance,

Ladder friction.

UNIT V DYNAMICS OF PARTICLES 12

Kinematics - Rectilinear Motion and Curvilinear Motion of Particles. Kinetics- Newton’s Second Law of Motion -

Equations of Motions , Dynamic Equilibrium, Energy and Momentum Methods - Work of a Force , Kinetic Energy

of a Particle, Principle of Work and Energy, Principle of Impulse and Momentum, Impact, Method of Virtual Work

- Work of a Force, Potential Energy, Potential

Energy and Equilibrium.

TOTAL PERIODS :60 (45 L + 15 T)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to ● Apply the concepts of mechanics to solve problems on statics of particles and equilibrium of rigid bodies in

two and three dimensions

● Evaluate centroid and moment of inertias of simple plane figures and composite plane areas

● Apply the concept of frictional forces and solve problems on contact friction, Ladder friction, wedge friction

and wheel friction

● Solve problems on rectilinear and curvilinear motion of particles and also solve engineering problems dealing

with force, displacement, velocity and acceleration using various developed methods

Page 38: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

38

Textbooks:

1. Beer,F.P and Johnson Jr. E.R, “Vector Mechanics for Engineers”, McGraw-Hill Education

(India) Pvt. Ltd. 10th Edition, 2013.

2. Rajasekaran S and Sankarasubramanian G., "Engineering Mechanics Statics and Dynamics", 3rd

Edition, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2005.

References:

1. Hibbeller, R.C., Engineering Mechanics: Statics, and Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics, 13th edition, Prentice

Hall, 2013.

2. .J.L. Meriam& L.G. Karige, Engineering Mechanics: Statics (Volume I) and Engineering Mechanics:

Dynamics, 7th edition, Wiley student edition, 2013.

3. P. Boresi& J. Schmidt, Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics, 1/e, Cengage learning, 2008.

4. Irving H. Shames, G. Krishna MohanaRao, Engineering Mechanics - Statics and Dynamics, Fourth Edition –

PHI / Pearson Education Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2006.

5. Vela Murali, “Engineering Mechanics”, Oxford University Press (2010)

Page 39: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

39

CE18202 BUILDING PLANNING L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● The objective of this course is to inculcate in the student the ability to plan any building with appropriate

dimensions and considerations.

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF BUILDINGS AND ITS ELEMENTS 9

Buildings – Classifications based on nature of occupancy, based on their fire resistance, built in environment, load

transfer- components of a building (Dimensions of building) –Foundation and super-structure– Classification of

masonry –Stone masonry - Brick Masonry – Bonds– Doors – Windows – Lintels and arches – Stairs – Roof –

Flooring – Plastering.

UNIT II PRINCIPLES OF PLANNING OF BUILDINGS &

ORIENTATION OF BUILDINGS

9

Aspect – Prospect – Privacy –furniture requirement – roominess – grouping – circulation – lighting –ventilation–

economy – Practical considerations – Orientation of building – Factors affecting orientation – Orientation criteria

for Indian conditions

UNIT III PLANNING OF RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS 9

Single storey Residential buildings – Rooms meant for various activities – Drawing or living room, dining room,

kitchen, bedroom, bath and water-closets, veranda, store room, Prayer room, study room, guest room, office room,

stairs, garage – minimum dimensions – doors, windows and ventilators – Computer Applications for Drawing a

plan

UNIT IV PLANNING OF PUBLIC BUILDINGS 9

Public buildings - Schools, Library, Hospital, Theatre, Auditorium,– site selection, components, Principles of

planning

UNIT V ANTHROPOMETRIC STUDIES AND BUILDING BYE-LAWS 9

Engineering anthropometry – types of human body dimensions - Anthropometric design principles – application of

anthropometric data in design of residential building components. Objectives of building bye-laws – Principles

underlying byelaws – Minimum plot sizes and building frontage – Bye laws for Floor Area Ratio- Open spaces –

Minimum standard dimensions of building elements – provisions for lighting and ventilation, safety from fire and

explosions, means of access, drainage and sanitation, safety against hazards or accidents, off street parking – sizes

for structural elements

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to ● Explain the fundamentals of building and its elements

● Plan and orient the buildings and rooms in it

● Plan residential buildings

● Plan public buildings

● Implement anthropometric studies and bye laws while planning a building

Textbooks:

1. Dr. N. Kumara Swamy, A. KameswaraRao, “Building planning and drawing”, Charotar Publishing house Pvt.

Ltd , 7th edition, 2014.

References:

Page 40: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

40

1. SS Bhavikatti& M V Chitawadagi , “Building planning and drawing”, I.K. International Publishing house Pvt.

Ltd. , 2014.

2. Shah.M.G., Kale. C.M. and Patki. S.Y., "Building Drawing with an Integrated Approach to Built Environment",

Tata McGraw Hill Publishers Limited, 2004.

3. Verma.B.P., "Civil Engineering Drawing and House Planning", Khanna Publishers, 2010.

4. National Building Code of India, BIS.

Page 41: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

41

IT18111 PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING LABORATORY L T P C

(Common to all Branches except MR) 0 0 3 1.5

Objectives:

The students should be made to

● Be exposed to the syntax of C.

● Be familiar with programming in C.

● Learn to use arrays, strings, functions, pointers, structures and unions in C.

LIST OF EXERCISES

1. Usage of Basic Linux commands

2. C Programming using Simple statements and expressions

3. Scientific problem solving using decision making and looping

4. Simple programming for one dimensional and two dimensional arrays

5. Solving problems using Strings

6. C Programming using Pointers

7. C Programming using user defined functions (Pass by value and Pass by reference)

8. C Programming using Recursion

9. C Programming using structures and union

10. C Programming using enumerated data types

11. C Programming using macros and storage classes

12. C Programming using Files

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to ● Get acquainted with Linux OS

● Understand the basic elements of C and manipulate homogeneous and heterogeneous data in C

● Solve problems in a structured way using C

● Produce efficient code using pointers

● Comprehend how to process data files in C

References:

1. PradipDey and ManasGhosh, "Programming in C", First Edition, Oxford University Press, 2018.

2. Byron S Gottfried, "Programming with C", Schaum’s Outlines, Third Edition, Tata McGraw- Hill,2010.

Page 42: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

42

GE18261 COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING LABORATORY L T P C

(Common to AE, CE & MR) 0 0 3 1.5

Objectives:

● To develop skill to use software to create 2D and 3D models

LIST OF EXERCISES USING SOFTWARE CAPABLE OF DRAFTING MODELING

1. Study of capabilities of software for Drafting and Modeling - Coordinate systems(absolute, relative, polar, etc.)

- Creation of simple figures like polygon and general multi-line figures.

2. Drawing of a Title Block with necessary text and projection symbol.

3. Drawing of curves like parabola, spiral, involute using Bspline or cubic spline.

4. Drawing of front view and top view of simple solids like prism, pyramid, cylinder, cone, etc, and dimensioning.

5. Drawing front view, top view and side view of objects from the given pictorial views (eg. V-block, Base of a

mixie, Simple stool, Objects with hole and curves).

6. Drawing of a plan of residential building (Two bed rooms, kitchen, hall, etc.)

7. Drawing of a simple steel truss.

8. Drawing sectional views of prism, pyramid, cylinder, cone, etc,

9. Drawing isometric projection of simple objects.

10. Creation of 3-D models of simple objects and obtaining 2-D multi-view drawings from 3-D model.

Note: Plotting of drawings must be made for each exercise and attached to the records written by students.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Draw the two dimensional sketches by using different commands in Auto CAD software.

● Draw the Isometric projection drawings from the two dimensional drawing and building layouts.

● Draw the basic solid models drawing and make a pattern material model for different appearance of the solids

References:

1. George Omura and Brian C. Benton, “Mastering AutoCAD 2016 and AutoCAD LT 2016:

2. Autodesk Official press”, Wiley Publishers, 2015.

3. Elise Moss, “Autodesk AutoCAD 2016 Fundamentals”, SDC Publications, 2015.

4. James D. Bethune, “Engineering Graphics with AutoCAD 2017”, PEACHPIT Press, 2016.

5. Cheryl R. Shrock, Steve Heather, “Advanced AutoCAD 2016 Exercise Workbook”, Industrial Press, 2016.

6. Ibrahim Zeid and Sivasubramanian R, "CAD/CAM: Theory and Practice", Tata McGraw-Hill Education India,

2009.

Page 43: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

43

MA181351 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III L T P C

(Common to BT, CH, CE, EE, EC, ME) 3 1 0 4

Objectives:

● To introduce Fourier series analysis this is central to many applications in engineering apart from its uses in

solving boundary value problems.

● To understand the basic concepts of the Fourier transform techniques and its application in Engineering.

● To introduce the effective mathematical tools for the solutions of partial differential equations that model

several physical processes and to develop Z transform techniques for discrete time systems.

UNIT I PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12

Formation of partial differential equations – Singular integrals - Solutions of standard types of first order partial

differential equations - Lagrange‟s linear equation – Linear homogeneous partial differential equations of second

and higher order with constant coefficients.

UNIT II FOURIER SERIES 12

Dirichlet‟sconditions–GeneralFourierseries–Oddandevenfunctions–Half ranges in eseries– Half range cosine series

–Parseval‟s identity – Harmonic analysis.

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12

Classification of PDE – Method of separation of variables - Solution of one dimensional wave equation – One

dimensional equation of heat conduction – Steady state solution of two dimensional equation of heat conduction

(excluding insulated edges).

UNIT IV FOURIER TRANSFORMS 12

Statement of Fourier integral theorem – Fourier transform pair – Fourier sine and cosine transforms–Properties–

Transformsofsimplefunctions–Convolutiontheorem–Parseval‟s identity.

UNIT V Z - TRANSFORMS AND DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS 12

Z- transforms - Elementary properties – Inverse Z - transform (using partial fraction, long division method and

residue technique) –Convolution theorem - Formation of difference equations –

Solution of difference equations using Z – transform

TOTAL PERIODS :60 (45 L + 15 T)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to ● understand the mathematical principles on transforms and partial differential equations

● formulate and solve some of the physical problems of engineering.

Textbooks:

1. Erwin Kreyszig, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", 10th Edition, Wiley India, 2011.

2. Grewal. B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 42nd Edition, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2012.

3. Narayanan.S., ManicavachagomPillay.T.K and Ramanaiah.G "Advanced Mathematics for Engineering

Students" Vol. II & III, S.Viswanathan Publishers Pvt. Ltd.1998.

Page 44: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

44

References:

1. Bali.N.P and Manish Goyal, "A Textbook of Engineering Mathematics", 7th Edition, Laxmi Publications Pvt

Ltd, 2007.

2. Glyn James, "Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics", 4thEdition, Pearson Education, 2011.

3. Veerarajan. T., “Transforms and Partial Differential Equation”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company

Limited, New Delhi, 2012

4. Ray Wylie. C and Barrett.L.C, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics" Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt Ltd,

Sixth Edition, New Delhi, 2012.

5. Peter V.O‟Neil, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Cengage Learning India pvt. Ltd. 7th Edition, New

Delhi, 2012.

Page 45: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

45

CE18301 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS I L T P C

3 1 0 4

Objectives:

● To learn fundamental concepts of Stress, Strain and deformation of solids and to analyse a complex two

dimensional state of stress.

● To know the mechanism of load transfer in beams and the induced stress resultants

● To know the slopes and deformations in beams.

● To understand the effect of torsion on shafts and springs.

● To analyze forces in plane trusses.

UNIT I STRESS, STRAIN AND DEFORMATION OF SOLIDS 12

Simple Stresses and strains – Stress Strain Diagram – Ultimate Stress – Yield Stress – Deformation of axially loaded

member - Composite Bars - Thermal Stresses – Elastic constants - Relationship between elastic constants - State of

Stress in two dimensions – Stresses on inclined

planes – Principal Stresses and Principal Planes – Maximum shear stress - Mohr's circle method.

UNIT II SHEAR, BENDING AND STRESSES IN BEAMS 12

Beams and Bending- Types of loads, supports – Shear Force and Bending Moment Diagrams for statically

determinate beam with concentrated load, UDL, uniformly varying load. Theory of Simple Bending – Analysis of

Beams for Stresses – Stress Distribution at a cross Section due to bending moment and shear force for Cantilever,

simply supported and overhanging beams with different loading conditions - Flitched Beams, Leaf springs

UNIT III DEFLECTION OF BEAMS 12

Elastic curve – Differential equation of deflected beam - Double integration method - Macaulay's methods - Area

moment method - conjugate beam method for computation of slopes and deflections of determinant beams.

UNIT IV TORSION 12

Torsion of Circular and Hollow Shafts – Elastic Theory of Torsion – Stresses and Deflection in Circular Solid and

Hollow Shafts – combined bending moment and torsion of shafts - strain energy due to torsion - Modulus of Rupture

– Power transmitted to shaft – Shaft in series and parallel – Closed and Open Coiled helical springs - Springs in

series and parallel – Design of buffer springs

UNIT V ANALYSIS OF PLANE TRUSSES 7

Stability and equilibrium of plane frames – Perfect frames - Types of trusses – Analysis of forces in truss members-

Method of joints – Method of Sections- Method of tension co-efficient.

TOTAL PERIODS :60 (45 L + 15 T)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Understand the fundamental concepts of stress, strain, principal stresses and principal planes in mechanics of

solids and structures.

● Analyse determinate beams and determine shear forces, bending moments and stresses in beams.

● Determine slope and deflection of determinate beams using appropriate method.

● Design shafts to transmit required power and also design helical springs for its maximum energy

storage capacities.

● Analyze and determine the forces in the members of pin jointed plane trusses.

Page 46: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

46

Textbooks:

1. Rajput.R.K. “Strength of Materials”, S.Chand and Co, New Delhi, 2015.

2. Rattan. S. S, “Strength of Materials”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2012

References:

1. Timoshenko.S.B. and Gere.J.M, “Mechanics of Materials”, Van Nos Reinbhold, New Delhi 2006.

2. Irwing H.Shames, James M.Pitarresi, Introduction to Solid Mechanics, Prentice Hall of India,

3. New Delhi, 2002

4. Beer. F.P. & Johnston.E.R.“Mechanics of Materials”, Tata McGraw Hill, Sixth Edition, New Delhi 2010.

5. James M.Gere., Mechanics of Materials, Thomas Canada Ltd., Canada, 2006.

6. Egor. P.Popov, Engineering Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hall of India, Second Edition New Delhi 2015.

Page 47: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

47

CE18302 MECHANICS OF FLUIDS L T P C

3 1 0 4

Objectives:

● To introduce the students to the mechanics of fluids through a thorough understanding of the properties of the

fluids, behaviour of fluids under static conditions. The dynamics of fluids is introduced through the control

volume approach which gives an integrated understanding of the transport of mass, momentum and energy.

● To expose to the applications of the conservation laws to a) flow measurements b) flow through pipes (both

laminar and turbulent)

UNIT I FLUIDS PROPERTIES AND FLUID STATICS 12

Scope of fluid mechanics - Definitions of a fluid - Methods of analysis - Dimensions and units viscosity , density ,

perfect gas, vapour pressure and surface tension - Basic equation of fluid statics- Pressure measurements -

Manometers. - Forces on plane and curved surfaces - Buoyancy and floatation - Stability of floating bodies.

UNIT II BASIC CONCEPTS OF FLUID FLOW 12

Kinematics – Methods of describing fluid motion - Classification of flows - Streamline, streak- line and path-lines

- Stream function and velocity potentials – Flow nets;

Dynamics Dimensional Concepts of System and Control volume - Application of control volume to continuity ,

energy and momentum – Euler’s equation of motion along a stream line – Bernoulli’s equation - Applications to

velocity and discharge measurements - Linear momentum equation and their applications. Moment of momentum

equation and its application.

UNIT III DIMENSIONAL ANALYSIS AND MODEL STUDIES 12

Fundamental dimensions - dimensional homogeneity – Rayleigh’s method and Buckingham Pi Theorem -

Dimensionless parameters - Similitude and model studies - Distorted and Undistorted Models.

UNIT IV INCOMPRESSIBLE VISCOUS FLOW 12

Laminar flow between parallel plates, and pipes - Development of laminar and turbulent flows in pipes - Reynolds

experiment - Darcy-Weisbach equation - Moody diagram - Major and minor losses of flow in pipes - Pipes in series

and in parallel.

UNIT V BOUNDARY LAYER 12

Definition of boundary layers - Displacement, momentum and energy thickness - Laminar and turbulent boundary

layers -Momentum integral equation –Boundary layer separation and control- drag in flat plate – drag and lift co

efficients.

TOTAL PERIODS :60 (45 L + 15 T)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to ● Demonstrate the difference between the solid and fluid, fluid properties and its behavior in static conditions.

● Apply the conservation laws applicable to fluids and its application through fluid kinematics and dynamics.

● Analyze the model for flow studies and to predict the performance of prototype.

● Analyze the losses in pipe lines for both laminar and turbulent conditions.

● Apply the boundary layer concepts to find the drag force excreted by fluid on the flat solid surface.

Textbooks:

1. Modi P .N and Seth, Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics including Hydraulic Machines, Standard

Book House New Delhi. 2017

Page 48: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

48

2. Streeter, V .L. Wylie, E. B. and Bedford K.W, Fluid Mechanics. (9th

ed) Tata McGraw Hill,

New Delhi, 2010.

References:

1. Fox W.R. and McDonald A.T ., Introduction to Fluid Mechanics John-Wiley and Sons, Singapore, 1995.

2. Jain A. K. Fluid Mechanics. Khanna Publishers 1998.

3. Roberson J.A and Crowe C.T ., Engineering Fluid Mechanics. Jaico Books Mumbai, 2000.

4. R.K.Bensal, A textbook of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines,10th edition 2018.

Page 49: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

49

CE18303 PLANE AND GEODETIC SURVEYING L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To learn the various methods of plane and geodetic surveying for solve the real world problems.

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF SURVEYING 9

Classifications and basic principles of surveying – Equipment and accessories for ranging and chaining – Basic

principles Compass surveying - Plane Table Surveying accessories and methods - Levels and staves - Methods of

levelling - Booking - Reduction – Curvature and refraction correction – Contouring.

UNIT II THEODOLITE SURVEYING AND COMPUTATIONS 9

Horizontal and vertical angle measurements by Theodolite – Heights and distances–Tacheometric surveying –

Trigonometric levelling - Computation of cross sectional areas and volumes - Earthwork calculations - Mass haul

diagrams.

UNIT III CONTROL SURVEYING AND ADJUSTMENT 9

Horizontal and vertical control- Methods – Triangulation - Traversing - Gale„s table – Trilateration - Concepts of

measurements and errors – error propagation and linearization – adjustment methods– least square methods – angles,

lengths and levelling network.

UNIT IV MODERN SURVEYING 9

Total Station: Digital Theodolite, EDM, Electronic field book - Advantages – Parts and accessories - working

principle – Observables – Errors - COGO functions – Field procedure and applications. GPS: Advantages - System

components – Signal structure – Selective availability and ant spoofing – receiver components and antenna –

Planning and data acquisition – Data processing - Errors in GPS – Field procedure and applications.

UNIT V ROUTE HYDROGRAPHIC AND ASTRONOMICAL SURVEYING 9

Route Surveying - Reconnaissance - Route surveys for highways, railways and waterways - Simple curves –

Compound and reverse curves – Transition curves - Setting out different methods of simple curve - Vertical curves

- Hydrographic surveying – Tides - MSL - Sounding methods - Three-point problem – Determination of depth and

position using multi-beam sounder and GPS - Astronomical terms and definitions - Celestial coordinate systems –

different time systems - Field observations and determination of azimuth by altitude and hour angle method.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Introduce the rudiments of various surveying and its principles.

● Imparts concepts of Theodolite Surveying and computation of area and volume calculation.

● Understand the procedure for establishing horizontal and vertical control and its adjustment procedure.

● Introduce the basics of Electronic Surveying.

● Initiate the knowledge in Route surveying, Hydrographic surveying and Field Astronomical surveying.

Textbooks:

1. B.C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain , Arun Kumar Jain, Surveying Vol I & II, Laxmi Publication Pvt Ltd,

Seventeenth edition, 2016

2. K.R. Arora, Surveying Vol I & II, Standard Book house , Twelfth Edition. 2013.

References:

1. S.K. Roy, Fundamentals of Surveying, Second Edition, Prentice„ Hall of India 2004.

2. R. Subramanian, Surveying and Levelling, Oxford University Press, Second Edition, 2012.

3. Bannister and S. Raymond, Surveying, Seventh Edition, Longman 2004.

Page 50: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

50

CE18304 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To introduce students to various materials commonly used in civil engineering construction and their

properties.

UNIT I STONES – BRICKS – CONCRETE BLOCKS 9

Stone as building material – Criteria for selection – Tests on stones – Deterioration and Preservation of stone work

– Bricks – Classification – Manufacturing of clay bricks – Tests on bricks – Compressive Strength – Water

Absorption – Efflorescence – Bricks for special use – Refractory bricks – Concrete blocks – Lightweight concrete

blocks.

UNIT II LIME – CEMENT – AGGREGATES – MORTAR 9

Lime – Preparation of lime mortar – Cement – Ingredients – Manufacturing process – Types and Grades – Properties

of cement and Cement mortar – Hydration – Compressive strength – Tensile strength – Fineness– Soundness and

consistency – Setting time – fine aggregates – river sand – crushed stone sand – properties – Sand bulking- coarse

Aggregates – Crushing strength – Impact strength – Flakiness Index – Elongation Index – Abrasion Resistance –

Grading

UNIT III CONCRETE 9

Concrete – Ingredients – Manufacturing Process – Batching plants – RMC – Properties of fresh concrete – Slump –

Flow and compaction Factor – Properties of hardened concrete –Compressive, Tensile and shear strength – Modulus

of rupture – Tests – Mix specification – Mixproportioning – BIS method - Special concretes – Durability of Concrete

UNIT IV TIMBER AND OTHER MATERIALS 9

Timber – Market forms – Industrial timber– Plywood – Veneer – Thermocol – Panels of laminates – Steel –

Aluminum and Other Metallic Materials – Composition – Aluminium composite panel – Uses- Market forms –

Mechanical treatment – Paints – Varnishes – Distempers – Bitumens.

UNIT V MODERN MATERIALS 9

Glass – Ceramics – Sealants for joints – Fibre glass reinforced plastic – Clay products – Refractories – Composite

materials – Types – Applications of laminar composites – Fibre textiles– Geomembranes and Geotextiles.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Compare the properties of most common and advanced building materials.

● Understand the typical and potential applications of lime, cement and aggregates

● Know the production of concrete and also the method of placing and making of concrete elements.

● Understand the applications of timbers and other materials

● Understand the importance of modern material for construction.

Textbooks:

1. Varghese.P.C, "Building Materials", PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2015.

2. Duggal.S.K., "Building Materials", 4th Edition, New Age International, 2008.

References:

1. Rajput. R.K., "Engineering Materials", S. Chand and Company Ltd., 2008.

Page 51: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

51

2. Shetty.M.S., "Concrete Technology (Theory and Practice)", S. Chand and Company Ltd.,2008

3. Gambhir.M.L., "Concrete Technology", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2004

4. Jagadish.K.S, "Alternative Building Materials Technology", New Age International, 2007.

5. Gambhir. M.L., &NehaJamwal., "Building Materials, products, properties and systems", Tata McGraw Hill

Educations Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.

6. IS 456 - 2000: Indian Standard specification for plain and reinforced concrete, 2011

7. IS 4926 - 2003: Indian Standard specification for ready–mixed concrete, 2012

8. IS 383 - 1970: Indian Standard specification for coarse and fine aggregate from natural Sources for concrete,

2011

9. IS 1542-1992: Indian standard specification for sand for plaster, 2009

10. IS 10262-2009: Indian Standard Concrete Mix Proportioning –Guidelines, 2009

Page 52: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

52

CE18305 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● At the end of this course the students will be able to understand the importance of geological knowledge such

as earth, earthquake, volcanism and to apply this knowledge in projects such as dams, tunnels, bridges, roads,

airport and harbor

UNIT I PHYSICAL GEOLOGY 9

Geology in civil engineering – branches of geology – structure of earth and its composition weathering of rocks –

scale of weathering – soils - landforms and processes associated with river, wind, groundwater and sea – relevance

to civil engineering. Plate tectonics – Earth quakes – Seismic zones in India.

UNIT II MINEROLOGY 9

Physical properties of minerals – Quartz group, Feldspar group, Pyroxene - hypersthene and augite, Amphibole –

hornblende, Mica – muscovite and biotite, Calcite, Gypsum and Clay minerals.

UNIT III PETROLOGY 9

Classification of rocks, distinction between Igneous, Sedimentary and Metamorphic rocks. Engineering properties

of rocks. Description, occurrence, engineering properties, distribution and uses of Granite, Dolerite, Basalt,

Sandstone, Limestone, Laterite, Shale, Quartzite, Marble, Slate, Gneiss and Schist

UNIT IV STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY AND GEOPHYSICAL METHODS 9

Geological maps – attitude of beds, study of structures – folds, faults and joint – seismic waves – relevance to civil

engineering. Geophysical methods – Seismic and electrical methods for subsurface investigations.

UNIT V APPLICATION OF GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS 9

Remote sensing for civil engineering applications; Geological conditions necessary for design and construction of

Dams, Reservoirs, Tunnels, and Road cuttings - Hydrogeological investigations and mining - Coastal protection

structures. Investigation of Landslides, causes and mitigation.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to ● Describe the importance of geological knowledge such as earth, earthquake, volcanism and the action of

various geological agencies.

● Develop basics knowledge on properties of minerals.

● Identify the types of rocks, their distribution and uses.

● Differentiate the different methods to study the geological variation.

● Define the application of geological investigation in projects such as dams, tunnels, bridges, roads, airport and

harbour.

Textbooks:

1. Beer,F.P and Johnson Jr. E.R, “Vector Mechanics for Engineers”, McGraw-Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.

10th Edition, 2013.

2. Varghese, P.C., Engineering Geology for Civil Engineering Prentice Hall of India Learning Private Limited,

New Delhi, 2012.

3. Parbin Singh. A "Text book of Engineering and General Geology", Katson publishing house, Ludhiana 2009

4. ChennaKesavulu N. "Textbook of Engineering Geology", Macmillan India Ltd., 2009.

References:

1. Blyth F.G.H. and de Freitas M.H., Geology for Engineers, Edward Arnold, London, 2010.

2. Bell .F.G.. "Fundamentals of Engineering Geology", B.S. Publications. Hyderabad 2011.

Page 53: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

53

CE18311 COMPUTER AIDED BUILDING DRAWING LABORATORY L T P C

0 0 4 2

Objectives:

To introduce the students to draft the plan, elevation and sectional views of buildings in accordance with

development and control rules satisfying orientation and functional requirements as per National Building

Code.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Principles of planning, orientation and complete joinery details (Paneled and Glazed Doors and Windows)

2. Buildings with load bearing walls

3. Buildings with sloping roof

4. R.C.C. framed structures.

5. Industrial buildings – North light roof structures

6. Basics of Building Information Modeling

TOTAL PERIODS :60

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Draw the joinery details

● Draft the plan, elevation and sectional views of the buildings, industrial structures, and framed buildings using

computer softwares.

● Apply the knowledge of modeling in BIM software

Textbooks:

1. Sikka V.B., A Course in Civil Engineering Drawing, 4 th Edition, S.K.Kataria and Sons, 2015.

2. George Omura, Mastering in Autocad 2005 and Autocad LT 2005– BPB Publications, 2008

References:

1. Chuck Eastman, Paul Teicholz, Rafael Sacks, Kathleen Liston, BIM Handbook:A Guide to building

information modeling for Owners, Managers, Designers, Engineers,and Contractors, John Wiley and Sons.

Inc.,2011.

2. Marimuthu V.M., Murugesan R. and Padmini S., Civil Engineering Drawing-I, Pratheeba Publishers, 2008.

3. Shah.M.G., Kale. C.M. and Patki.S.Y., Building Drawing with an Integrated Approach to Built Environment,

Tata McGraw Hill Publishers Limited, 2007.

4. Verma.B.P., Civil Engineering Drawing and House Planning, Khanna Publishers,2010

Page 54: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

54

CE18312 STRENGTH OF CIVIL ENGINEERING MATERIALS

LABORATORY L T P C

0 0 4 2

Objectives:

● To expose the students to the testing of different materials under the action of various forces and determination

of their characteristics experimentally.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Tension test on mild steel rod

2. Double shear test on metal

3. Torsion test on mild steel rod

4. Impact test on metal specimen (Izod and Charpy)

5. Hardness test on metals (Rockwell and Brinell Hardness Tests)

6. Deflection test on metal beam

7. Compression test on helical spring

8. Deflection test on carriage spring

9. Consistency test of Cement,

10. Initial Setting Time of cement

11. Soundness test of cement

TOTAL PERIODS :60

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Evaluate the tensile, compression, torsion and shear strength of materials using the relevant test procedures

● Determine the properties of cement and interpret the results.

● Find the impact strength and hardness strength of metals using appropriate test apparatus.

Textbooks:

1. Strength of Materials Laboratory Manual, Anna University, Chennai - 600 025.

2. IS1786-2008, Specification for cold worked steel high strength deformed bars for concrete reinforcement,

2008.

References:

1. Muthusubramanian R, Salivahanan S and Muraleedharan K A, "Basic Electrical, Electronics Engineering",

Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.

2. I.J. Nagrath and D.P. Kothari, "Basic Electrical Engineering", Tata McGraw Hill ((India), Third Edition, 2010.

3. Mehta V K, "Principles of Electronics", S. Chand & Company Ltd, 2010.

4. M. Morris Mano, "Digital Logic & Computer Engineering", Printice Hall of India, 2004. Mahmood Nahvi and

Joseph A. Edminister, "Electric Circuits", Schaum' Outline Series, McGraw Hill, Fourth Edition, 2007.

Page 55: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

55

MA18451 COMPUTATIONAL METHODS L T P C

(Common to CH, CE, EE, MR & ME) 3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● This course aims at providing the necessary basic concepts of a few numerical methods and give procedures

for solving numerically different kinds of problems occurring in Engineering and Technology

UNIT I SOLUTION OF EQUATIONS AND EIGEN VALUE PROBLEMS 9

Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations – Newton Raphson method- Solution of linear system of

equations - Gauss elimination method – Pivoting - Gauss Jordan method – Gauss Seidel iterative method - Matrix

Inversion by Gauss Jordan method - Eigen values of a matrix by Power method.

UNIT II INTERPOLATION AND APPROXIMATION 9

Interpolation with unequal intervals - Lagrange's interpolation – Inverse interpolation using Lagrange'smethod-

Newton‟sdivideddifferenceinterpolation–Interpolationwithequalintervals

- Newton‟s forward and backward difference formulae.

UNIT III NUMERICAL DIFFERENTIATION AND INTEGRATION 9

Approximation of derivatives using interpolation polynomials - Numerical integration using

Trapezoidal,Simpson‟s1/3rule-TwopointandthreepointGaussianquadratureformulae– Evaluation of double

integrals by Trapezoidal and Simpson‟s 1/3rules.

UNIT IV INITIAL VALUE PROBLEMS FOR ORDINARY

DIFFERENTIALEQUATIONS

9

Single Step methods - Taylor‟s series method - Modified Euler‟s method – Fourth order Runge- Kutta method for

solving first order equations, second order equations and simultaneous first order equations - Multi step methods -

Milne‟s and Adams- Bash forth predictor corrector methods for solving first order equations.

UNIT V BOUNDARY VALUE PROBLEMS IN PARTIAL

DIFFERENTIALEQUATIONS

9

Finite difference techniques for the solution of two dimensional Laplace‟s and Poisson‟s equations on rectangular

domain – One dimensional heat flow equation by explicit and implicit (Crank Nicholson) methods – One

dimensional wave equation by explicit method.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Identify algebraic or transcendal equations and linear systems of equations, identify and apply proper

techniques for solving them

● Analyze the realtime problems using the knowledge of the interpolation approximation and curve fitting

● Solve numerical differentiation and integration using various techniques

● Analyze and solve IVP(initial value problems) of ODE(ordinary differential equations)

● Apply finite different methods to solve ODE and PDE (partial differential equations)numerically

Textbooks:

1. Grewal. B.S., and Grewal. J.S., Numerical methods in Engineering and Science, Khanna Publishers, 9th

Edition, New Delhi, 2007.

2. Iyengar. S.R.K., and Jain. R.K, Numerical Methods, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2012.

3. William Embleton OBE and Leslie Jackson, Reed‟s Mathematics for Engineers, Adlard Coles Nautical,

London, 2011.(for Marine Engineers)

Page 56: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

56

References:

1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 7th Edition, Wiley, India, 2007.

2. Chapra. S.C., and Canale.R.P., Numerical Methods for Engineers, Tata McGraw Hill,5th Edition, New Delhi,

2007.

3. Brian Bradie. A friendly introduction to Numerical analysis, Pearson Education, Asia, New Delhi, 2007.

4. SankaraRao. K., Numerical methods for Scientists and Engineers, Prentice Hall of India Private, 3rd Edition,

New Delhi, 2007.

5. Gerald. C. F., and Wheatley. P. O., Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education, Asia, 6th Edition, New

Delhi, 2006.

6. Venkataraman. M.K. Numerical Methods in Science and Engineering, National Publishers, 1995.

7. Kandasamy. K., Thilagavathy. K., and Gunavathi. K., Numerical Methods, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New

Delhi, 2008.

Page 57: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

57

CE18401 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS - II L T P C

3 1 0 4

Objectives:

● To know the method of finding slope and deflection of beams and trusses using energy theorems

● To know the concept of analyzing indeterminate beams

● To estimate the load carrying capacity of columns and stresses in cylinders

● To determine principal stresses and planes for an element in three dimensional state of stress and to study

various theories of failure of material.

● To estimate stresses due to unsymmetrical bending and stresses in curved beams.

UNIT I ENERGY PRINCIPLES 12

Strain energy and strain energy density – strain energy due to axial load (gradual, sudden and

impactload),shear,flexureandtorsion–Castigliano‟stheorems–Maxwell‟sreciprocaltheorems

- Principle of virtual work – unit load method- application of energy theorems for computing deflections in

determinate beams, plane frames and plane trusses – lack of fit- temperature effects- Williot Mohr's Diagram.

UNIT II INDETERMINATE BEAMS 12

Concept of Analysis - Propped cantilever and fixed beams-fixed end moments and reactions – Theorem of three

moments – analysis of continuous beams – shear force and bending moment diagrams.

UNIT III COLUMNS AND CYLINDERS 12

Euler‟s theory of long columns – critical loads for prismatic columns with different end conditions; Rankine-Gordon

formula for eccentrically loaded columns – Eccentrically loaded short columns – middle third rule – core section –

Thin cylindrical and spherical shells – stresses and change in dimensions - Thick cylinders – Compound cylinders

– shrinking on stresses.

UNIT IV STATE OF STRESS IN THREE DIMENSIONS 12

Stress tensor at a point – Stress invariants -Determination of principal stresses and principal planes – Volumetric

strain –Theories of failure – Principal stress - Principal strain – shear stress – Strain energy and distortion energy

theories – application problems.

UNIT V ADVANCED TOPICS IN BENDING OF BEAMS 12

Unsymmetrical bending of beams of symmetrical and unsymmetrical sections – Shear Centre - curved beams –

Winkler Bach formula – stresses in hooks

TOTAL PERIODS :60 (45 L + 15 T)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Upon completion of the course student should be able to:

● Determine the strain energy and the deflection of determinate beams, frames and trusses using energy

principles.

● Analyze propped cantilever, fixed and continuous beams using theorem of three moment equation for external

loading and support settlement conditions.

● Estimate the load carrying capacity of columns and stresses induced in columns and cylinders.

● Determine principal stresses, principal planes and size of the material according to elastic theories of failure in

3D stress system.

● Determine the stresses due to unsymmetrical bending of beams, stresses in curved beams and the shear centre.

Textbooks:

Page 58: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

58

1. Rajput.R.K. “Strength of Materials”, S.Chand and Co, New Delhi, 2015.

2. Rattan . S. S, “Strength of Materials”, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2012

References:

1. Timoshenko.S.B. and Gere.J.M, “Mechanics of Materials”, Van Nos Reinbhold, New Delhi 2006.

2. Irwing H.Shames, James M.Pitarresi, Introduction to Solid Mechanics, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2002

3. Beer. F.P. & Johnston.E.R.“Mechanics of Materials”, Tata McGraw Hill, Sixth Edition, New Delhi 2010.

4. Egor. P.Popov, Engineering Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hall of India, Second Edition New Delhi 2015.

5. Srinath L. S., “Advance mechanics of solids”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi, 2017.

Page 59: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

59

CE18402 APPLIED HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING L T P C

3 1 0 4

Objectives:

● To impart basic knowledge about the open channel flows with analysis of uniform flow, Gradually varied flows

and rapidly varied flows

● To expose to basic principles of working of hydraulic machineries and to design Pelton wheel, Francis and

Kaplan turbine, centrifugal and reciprocating pumps.

UNIT I UNIFORM FLOW 12

Definition and differences between pipe flow and open channel flow - Types of Flow - Properties of open channel

- Fundamental equations - Velocity distribution in open channel - Computation in Steady uniform

flow- Chezy equation, Manning equation - Best hydraulic sections for uniform flow- Specific energy and specific

force.

UNIT II VARIED FLOW 12

Dynamic equations of gradually varied and spatially varied flows - Water surface flow Profile classifications:

Hydraulic Slope, Hydraulic Curve - Profile determination by Numerical method:

Direct step method and Standard step method -Applications.

UNIT III RAPIDLY VARIED FLOW 12

Application of the energy equation for RVF - Critical depth and velocity - Critical, Sub-critical and Super-critical

flow - Application of the momentum equation for RVF - Hydraulic jumps - Types -Energy dissipation – Surges

- positive and negative surges.

UNIT IV TURBINES 12

Impact of Jet on vanes - Turbines - Classification - Impulse turbine -Reaction turbines - Francis turbine, Radial flow

turbines, draft tube and cavitation - Propeller and Kaplan turbines- Performance of turbine -

Specific speed - Runaway speed – Similarity laws.

UNIT V PUMPS 12

Centrifugal pumps - Minimum speed to start the pump - NPSH - Cavitations in pumps - Operating characteristics

- Multistage pumps - Reciprocating pumps - Negative slip - Flow separation conditions-Air vessels, indicator

diagrams and its variations-Savings in work done - Rotary pumps- Gear pump.

TOTAL PERIODS :60 (45 L + 15 T)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Apply the concepts of energy equation in steady uniform flow

● Analyse the various water surface profiles in the steady gradually varied flow.

● Apply the concepts of momentum equation in the rapidly varied flows.

● Analyse the performance of the various types of turbines.

● Analyse the performance of rotodynamic pumps and reciprocating pumps

Textbooks:

1. Modi P .N and Seth, Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics including Hydraulic Machines, Standard Book House

New Delhi. 2017.

2. Subramanya K., "Flow in open channels", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2014.

References:

1. VenTe Chow, "Open Channel Hydraulics", McGraw Hill, New York, 2009.

2. Rajesh Srivastava, " Flow through open channels", Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2008.

3. Bansal, " Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines", Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2008.

4. Mays L. W., " Water Resources Engineering", John Wiley and Sons (WSE), New York, 2005

5. Jain. A.K., "Fluid Mechanics", Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2010.

Page 60: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

60

CE18403 BASIC GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

This course will enable students

● To appreciate basic concepts of soil mechanics as an integral part in the knowledge of civil engineering. Also

to become familiar in geotechnical engineering problems such as, foundation engineering, flow of water

through soil medium and terminologies associated with geotechnical engineering.

● To know the basic engineering properties and the mechanical behavior of different types of soil. This includes

strength-deformation characteristics under shearing stresses and also consolidation properties of clayey soils.

● To determine the improvement in mechanical behavior by densification of soil deposits using compaction.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9

Introduction, origin and formation of soil, Phase Diagram, phase relationships, definitions and their inter

relationships. Determination of Index properties-Specific gravity, water content, in-situ density and particle size

analysis (dry sieve and sedimentation analysis). Atterberg’s Limits, consistency indices, relative density, activity of

clay, Unified and BIS soil classification

UNIT II SOIL STRUCTURE AND CLAY MINERALOGY 9

Single grained, honey combed, flocculent and dispersed structures, Soil-Water system,

Electrical diffuse double layer, adsorbed water, Common clay minerals in soil and their structures

- Kaolinite, Illite and Montmorillonite and their application in Engineering.

Compaction of Soils: Definition, Principle of compaction, Standard and Modified proctor’s compaction tests,

factors affecting compaction, effect of compaction on soil properties, Field compaction control - compaction effort

& method of compaction, lift thickness and number of passes.

UNIT III EFFECTIVE STRESS AND FLOW THROUGH SOILS 9

Effective Stress Analysis:

Geostatic stresses, Effective stress concept-total stress, effective stress and Neutral stress and impact of the effective

stress in construction of structures, effect of capillarity quick sand phenomena

Seepage Analysis:

Darcy’s law- assumption and validity, coefficient of permeability and its determination (laboratory and field),

factors affecting permeability, permeability of stratified soils, Seepage velocity, superficial velocity and coefficient

of percolation, Capillary Phenomena Laplace equation, assumptions, limitations and its derivation. Flow nets-

characteristics and applications. Flow nets for sheet piles and below the dam section.

UNIT IV CONSOLIDATION OF SOIL 9

Definition, Mass-spring analogy, Terzaghi’s one dimensional consolidation theory - assumption and limitations.

Derivation of Governing differential Equation, Pre-consolidation pressure and its determination by Casagrande’s

method. Over consolidation ratio, normally consolidated, under consolidated and over consolidated soils.

Consolidation characteristics of soil (Cc, av, mv and Cv. Laboratory one dimensional consolidation test,

characteristics of e - log(σ’) curve, Determination of consolidation characteristics of soils- compression index and

coefficient of consolidation (square root of time fitting method, logarithmic time fitting method). Primary and

secondary consolidation.

UNIT V SHEAR STRENGTH OF SOIL 9

Concept of shear strength, Mohr–Coulomb Failure Criterion, Concept of pore pressure, Total and effective shear

strength parameters, factors affecting shear strength of soils. Thixotrophy and sensitivity Measurement of shear

strength parameters - Direct shear test, unconfined compression test, triaxial compression test and field Vane shear

test, Total and effective stress paths.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Describe the procedures to determine index properties of any type of soil, classify the soil based on its index

properties

● Determine compaction characteristics of soil and apply that knowledge to assess field compaction procedures

Page 61: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

61

● Determine permeability property of soils and acquires conceptual knowledge about stresses due to seepage and

effective stress; Also estimate seepage losses across hydraulic structure

● Solve practical problems related to estimation of consolidation settlement of soil deposits also time required

for the same.

● Estimate shear strength parameters of different types of soils using the data of different shear tests and

comprehend Mohr-Coulomb failure theory.

Textbooks:

1. Gopal Ranjan and Rao A.S.R., Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics- (2016), New Age International (P) Ltd.,

New Delhi.

2. Arora K.R. “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, Standard Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi,

2009

References:

1. Murthy V.N.S., Principles of Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering- (2009), 4th Edition, UBS Publishers

and Distributors, New Delhi.

2. B raja, M. Das, Geotechnical Engineering; (2002), Fifth Edition, Thomson Business Information India (P) Ltd.,

India

3. T.W. Lambe and R.V. Whitman, Soil Mechanics, John Wiley & Sons, 2012.

4. Donold P Coduto, Geotechnical Engineering- Phi Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2017

5. Shashi K. Gulathi & Manoj Datta, Geotechnical Engineering-. (2017), “Tata McGraw Hill

6. Narasimha Rao A. V. &Venkatrahmaiah C, Numerical Problems, Examples and objective questions

in Geotechnical Engineering-. (2000), Universities Press., Hyderabad.

7. Muni Budhu ,Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engg.- (2011), 3 Edition, John Wiely& Sons

Page 62: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

62

CE18404 CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES, EQUIPMENTS AND

PRACTICES L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● The main objective of this course is to make the student aware of the various construction techniques, practices

and the equipment needed for different types of construction activities. At the end of this course the student

shall have a reasonable knowledge about the various construction procedures for sub to super structure and also

the equipment needed for construction of various types of structures from foundation to superstructure.

UNIT I CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY 9

Cements – Grade of cements - concrete chemicals and Applications – Grade of concrete - manufacturing of concrete

– Batching – mixing – transporting – placing – compaction of concrete – curing and finishing - Testing of fresh and

hardened concrete – quality of concrete – Extreme Weather Concreting - Ready Mix Concrete.

UNIT II CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 9

Specifications, details and sequence of activities and construction co-ordination – Site Clearance – Marking –

Earthwork - masonry – stone masonry – Bond in masonry - concrete hollow block masonry – flooring – damp proof

courses – construction joints – movement and expansion joints – pre cast pavements – Building foundations –

basements – temporary shed – centering and shuttering – slip forms – scaffoldings – de- shuttering forms –

Fabrication and erection of steel trusses – frames – braced domes – laying brick –– weather and water proof – roof

finishes – acoustic and fire protection.

UNIT III SUB STRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION 9

Techniques of Box jacking – Pipe Jacking -under water construction of diaphragm walls and basement- Tunneling

techniques – Piling techniques - well and caisson - sinking cofferdam - cable anchoring and grouting-driving

diaphragm walls, sheet piles - shoring for deep cutting - well points -Dewatering and stand by Plant equipment for

underground open excavation.

UNIT IV SUPER STRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION 9

Launching girders, bridge decks, off shore platforms – special forms for shells - techniques for heavy decks – in-

situ pre-stressing in high rise structures, Material handling - erecting light weight components on tall structures -

Support structure for heavy Equipment and conveyors -Erection of articulated structures, braced domes and space

decks.

UNIT V CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT 9

Selection of equipment for earth work - earth moving operations - types of earthwork equipment - tractors, motor

graders, scrapers, front end waders, earth movers – Equipment for foundation and pile driving. Equipment for

compaction, batching and mixing and concreting - Equipment for material handling and erection of structures -

Equipment for dredging, trenching, tunneling

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Describe the manufacturing process, types and application of concrete.

● Illustrate the different construction practices and their importance.

● Formulate the requirements for sub structure in a construction project.

● Formulate the requirements for super structure in a construction project.

● Classify the various construction equipment based on its operation and suitability.

Textbooks:

Page 63: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

63

1. Shetty.M.S., Concrete Technology(Theory and Practice), S.Chand& Company Ltd., 2008.

2. Varghese.P.C., Building Constructions, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2007.

3. Santhakumar.A.R., Concrete Technology, Oxford University Press ,India, 2006.

References:

1. Peurifoy, R.L, Schexnayder,C.J., Shapira,A., Schmitt. R., Construction Planning, Equipment and Methods,

Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010.

2. Arora, S.P. and Bindra, S.P., Building Construction, DhanpatRai and Sons, 1997

3. Punmia, B.C., Building Construction, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., 1993

4. Peurifoy, R.L., Form work for Concrete Structures, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1999.

Page 64: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

64

CE18405 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING I L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To give an overview on highway planning, design and construction, maintenance and financing of highways

as per specifications and practices.

UNIT I HIGHWAY PLANNING AND ALIGNMENT 9

History of Road development in India – Classification of Highways – Institutions for highway planning, design and

construction in India – Factors influencing highway alignment – Engineering surveys for alignment, objectives,

conventional and modern methods – Application of Statistics in Transportation Engineering: Regression Analysis

UNIT II GEOMETRIC DESIGN OF HIGHWAYS 9

Typical cross-section of urban and rural roads – Cross-sectional elements – Horizontal curves, Super elevation,

transition curves, widening of curves – Sight distances – Vertical curves, gradients, hairpin bends – Lateral and

vertical clearance at underpasses – IRC standards.

UNIT III PAVEMENT ENGINEERING 9

Design factors of flexible and rigid pavement- Design of flexible pavement using IRC:37-2018; Design of Rigid

Pavement using IRC:58-2011.

UNIT IV HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE 9

Highway construction materials, properties, testing methods – Construction practice including modern materials

and methods of construction of concrete and flexible pavements – Highway drainage – Special consideration for

hill roads; Evaluation and maintenance of pavements

UNIT V HIGHWAY ECONOMIC AND FINANCE 9

Introduction, Highway user benefits, Highway costs, Vehicle Operating Cost, Economic Analysis,

Highway Projects under Public-Private Sector participation, Bidding processes, Highway finance.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Describe various factors considered in fixing alignment for a highway

● Explain different components involved in highway geometric design

● Outline design methodology of flexible and rigid pavements

● Demonstrate different tests for highway materials; Illustrate various pavement distresses and remedial actions.

● Discuss economic and financial aspects for highway projects.

Textbooks:

1. Veeraragavan.A, Khanna.K and Justo C.E.G. Highway Engineering, Nem Chand and Brothers Publishers, 2016

(10thedition).

2. Kadiyali L.R. Principles and Practices of Highway Engineering, Khanna Technical Publisher, Delhi, 1999.

References:

1. ParthaChakroborty and Animesh Das. Principles of Transportation Engineering, PHI Learning Private

Limited, 2017 (Second edition).

2. R.Srinivasa Kumar. Textbook of Highway Engineering, Universities Press (India) Pvt. Ltd.,

Hyderabad, 2011.

3. Indian Road Congress (IRC). Guidelines and Special Publications on Planning and Design of

Highways.

Page 65: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

65

CE18411 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING LABORATORY L T P C

0 0 4 2

Objectives:

● Students should be able to verify the principles studied in theory by performing the experiments in lab.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

A. Flow Measurement

1. Calibration of Rotameter

2. Calibration of Venturimeter / Orificemeter

3. Bernoulli‟s Experiment

B. Losses in Pipes

4. Determination of friction coefficients in pipes

5. Determination of minor losses

C. Determination of Metacentric height

6. Determination of Metacentric height of floating bodies

D. Pumps

7. Characteristics of Centrifugal pumps / Submersible pump

8. Characteristics of Gear pump

9. Characteristics of Reciprocating pump

E. Turbines

10. Characteristics of Pelton wheel turbine

11. Characteristics of Francis turbine

12. Characteristics of Kaplan turbine

TOTAL PERIODS :60

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Apply Bernoulli Equation for calibration of the flow measuring devices

● Measure the co efficient of major and minor losses in pipe fittings.

● Evaluate the performance characteristic of turbines and pumps

References:

1. Sarbjit Singh. Experiments in Fluid Mechanics, PHI Learning Private Ltd., New Delhi 2009

2. Hydraulic Laboratory Manual, Centre for Water Resources, Anna University , 2004.

3. Modi P .N and Seth, Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics including Hydraulic Machines, Standard Book House

New Delhi. 2017.

Page 66: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

66

CE18412 SURVEY PRACTICAL L T P C

0 0 4 2

Objectives:

● At the end of the course the student will posses knowledge about Survey field techniques

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Chain Survey

1. Study of chains and its accessories, Aligning, Ranging, Chaining and Marking Perpendicular offset

2. Setting out works – Foundation marking using tapes single Room and Double Room

Compass Survey

3. Compass Traversing – Measuring Bearings & arriving included angles

Levelling - Study of levels and levelling staff

4. Fly levelling using Dumpy level & Tilting level

5. Check levelling

Theodolite - Study of Theodolite

6. Measurements of horizontal angles by reiteration and repetition and vertical angles

7. Determination of elevation of an object using single plane method when base is accessible/inaccessible.

Tacheometry – Tangential system – Stadia system

8. Determination of Tacheometric Constants

9. Heights and distances by stadia Tacheometry

10. Heights and distances by Tangential Tacheometry

Total Station - Study of Total Station, Measuring Horizontal and vertical angles

11. Traverse using Total station and Area of Traverse

12. Determination of distance and difference in elevation between two inaccessible points using Total station

TOTAL PERIODS :60

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Apply the principles of Theodolite, Dumpy Level, Prismatic Compass to carry out various measurements in

the field

● Use advanced instruments like Total station & EDM for efficient surveying.

● Carry out setting out works in the field

● Choose the suitable method of surveying based on the site condition

References:

1. Dr.B.C.Punmia, Ashok K.Jain and Arun K Jain, Surveying Vol.I & II, Lakshmi Publications Pvt Ltd, New

Delhi, 2005 .

2. T.P.Kanetkar and S.V.Kulkarni, Surveying and Levelling, Parts1 & 2, Pune Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan, Pune,

2008

3. James M.Anderson and Edward M. Mikhail, Surveying Theory and Practice, Tata McGraw Hill Education

Private Limited, New Delhi, 2012

4. Bannister and S. Raymond, Surveying, Seventh Edition, Longman 2004

Page 67: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

67

CE18501 APPLIED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To impart knowledge to plan and execute a detail site investigation programme, to select geotechnical design

parameters and type of foundations. Also to familiarize the students for the geotechnical design of different

type of foundations and retaining walls.

UNIT I SITE INVESTIGATION AND SELECTION OF FOUNDATION 9

Objectives – Various steps of investigation – Types of boring–auguring and boring – Wash boring and rotary drilling

– Depth of boring – Spacing of bore hole – Sampling techniques – Representative and undisturbed sampling –

methods - Split spoon sampler, Thin wall sampler, Stationery piston sampler – Penetration tests (SPT and SCPT) -

Bore log report – Data interpretation – Geophysical methods-seismic and electrical - Selection of foundation based

on soil condition – Strength Parameters and Evaluation of Liquefaction potential

UNIT II SHALLOW FOUNDATION 9

Introduction – Location and depth of foundation – Codal provisions – Bearing capacity of shallow foundation on

homogeneous deposits – Terzaghi’s formula and BIS formula – Factors affecting bearing capacity – Bearing

capacity from in-situ tests (SPT, SCPT and plate load) – Allowable bearing pressure – Seismic considerations in

bearing capacity evaluation. Determination of Settlement of foundations on granular and clay deposits – Total and

differential settlement – Allowable settlements – Codal provision – Methods of minimizing total and differential

settlements.

UNIT III FOOTINGS AND RAFTS 9

Types of Isolated footing, Combined footing, Mat foundation – Contact pressure and settlement distribution –

Proportioning of foundations for conventional rigid behaviour – Minimum depth for rigid behaviour – Applications

– Floating foundation – Special foundations – Seismic force consideration – Codal provision

UNIT IV PILE FOUNDATION 9

Types of piles and their functions – Factors influencing the selection of pile – Carrying capacity of single pile in

granular and cohesive soil – Static formula – Dynamic formulae (Engineering news and Hiley’s) – Capacity from

insitu tests (SPT, SCPT) – Negative skin friction – Uplift capacity- Group capacity by different methods (Feld’s

rule, Converse – Labarra formula and block failure criterion) – Settlement of pile groups – Interpretation of pile

load test (routine test only), Under reamed piles – Capacity under compression and uplift – Codal provision.

UNIT V RETAINING WALLS 9

Plastic equilibrium in soils – Active and passive states – Rankine’s theory – Cohesionless and cohesive soil –

Coulomb’s wedge theory – Condition for critical failure plane – Earth pressure on retaining walls of simple

configurations – Culmann Graphical method – Pressure on the wall due to line load – Stability analysis of retaining

walls – Codal provision.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Plan and execute a detailed site investigation to select geotechnical design parameters and type of foundation

● Design shallow foundations, its component or process as per the needs and specifications.

● Design combined footings and raft foundations, its component or process as per the needs and specifications.

● Design deep foundations, its component or process as per the needs and specifications.

● Design retaining walls, its component or process as per the needs and specifications.

Textbooks:

1. Gopal Ranjan and Rao A.S.R., Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics- (2016), New Age International

(P) Ltd., New Delhi.

2. Arora K.R. “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, Standard Publishers and Distributors,

Page 68: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

68

New Delhi, 2009

References:

1. Murthy V.N.S., Principles of Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering- (2009), 4th Edition, UBS Publishers

and Distributors, New Delhi.

2. Braja, M. Das, Geotechnical Engineering; (2002), 5th Edition, Thomson Business Information India (P) Ltd.,

India

3. Donold P Coduto, Geotechnical Engineering- Phi Learning Private Limited, New Delhi,2017

4. Shashi K. Gulathi & ManojDatta, Geotechnical Engineering-. (2017), “Tata McGraw Hill

5. Muni Budhu ,Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engg.- (2011), 3rd Edition, John Wiely& Sons

Page 69: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

69

CE18502 DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE ELEMENTS L T P C

3 1 0 4

Objectives:

● To introduce the different types of philosophies related to design of basic structural elements such as slab,

beam, column and footing which form part of any structural system with reference to Indian standard code of

practice.

UNIT I DESIGN CONCEPTS AND DESIGN OF BEAMS FOR FLEXURE 12

Design concepts - Concept of elastic method, ultimate load method and limit state method– Advantages of Limit

State method over other methods –Design of rectangular beam section by working stress method – Limit state

method of design of singly reinforced, doubly reinforced and flanged beams - use of design aids for flexure

UNIT II LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF BEAMS FOR SHEAR, TORSION AND

SERVICEABILITY

12

Limit state design of RC beams for shear and torsion - Design of RC beams for combined bending, shear and torsion

– Use of design aids - Design requirement for bond and anchorage as per IS code – Detailing of reinforcement –

Concept of Serviceability - Serviceability requirements for deflection.

UNIT III LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF SLABS 12

Behaviour of one way and two way slabs - Design of one way simply supported, cantilever and Continuous slabs -

Design of two-way slabs for various edge conditions - Torsion reinforcement at corners.

UNIT IV LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF COLUMNS 12

Types of columns – Braced and unbraced columns - Design of short columns for axial load, combined axial load

with uniaxial and biaxial bending - use of design aids.

UNIT V LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF FOOTINGS 12

Concepts of Proportioning footings and foundations based on soil properties-Design of wall footing – Design of

axially and eccentrically loaded Square, Rectangular pad footings – Design of sloped footings- Design of Combined

Rectangular footing for two columns (principles only)

TOTAL PERIODS : 60 (45 L + 15 T)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Differentiate the various design methodologies for the design of RC elements and design beam by Working

stress method and limit state method.

● Analyze and design of beams for shear, bond and torsion.

● Design the various types of slabs by limit state method.

● Design columns for axial, uniaxial and biaxial eccentric loadings.

● Design the footing by limit state method.

Textbooks:

1. Gambhir M L, Fundamentals of Structural Steel Design, McGraw Hill Education India Pvt Limited, 2017.

2. Varghese, P.C., “Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete”, Prentice Hall of India, Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,

2008

References:

1. Krishnaraju.N “ Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures “, CBS Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., New

Delhi,2019

2. Unnikrishna Pillai and Devdas Menon, Reinforced Concrete Design (Third Edition), Tata Mc Graw Hill

Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2017.

Page 70: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

70

3. Punmia. B.C., Ashok Kumar Jain, Arun Kumar Jain, “Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete”, Laxmi

Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2018.

4. Subramanian, N.,”Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2014.

IS Codes:

● IS 456:2000 Plain and Reinforced Concrete – Code of Practice.

● SP16, IS456:1978 “Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete to Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, 1999

● IS 875(1-5):1987 Code of Practice for Design Loads (Other than Earthquake) for Buildings and Structures.

● SP 34:1987 Handbook of concrete reinforcement and detailing.

● National Building Code of India 2016 (NBC 2016)

Page 71: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

71

CE18503 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS L T P C

3 1 0 4

Objectives:

● To introduce the students to the basic theory and concepts of classical methods of structural analysis

UNIT I INDETERMINATE FRAMES 12

Degree of static and kinematic indeterminacies for plane frames - analysis of indeterminate pin-jointed frames and

rigid frames (Degree of static indeterminacy up to two) - Consistent deformation method.

UNIT II SLOPE DEFLECTION METHOD 12

Continuous beams and rigid frames (with and without sway) – Symmetry and antisymmetry– Support displacements

UNIT III MOMENT DISTRIBUTION METHOD 12

Distribution and carryover of moments – Stiffness and carry over factors – Analysis of continuous beams – Plane

rigid frames with and without sway

UNIT IV STIFFNESS MATRIX METHOD 12

Element and global stiffness matrices – Analysis of continuous beams – Co-ordinate transformations – Rotation

matrix – Transformations of stiffness matrices, load vectors and displacements vectors – Analysis of pin-jointed

plane frames and rigid frames (with degree of freedom limited to two)

UNIT V FLEXIBILITY MATRIX METHOD 12

Equilibrium and compatibility – Determinate vs Indeterminate structures – Indeterminacy - Primary structure –

Compatibility conditions – Analysis of indeterminate pin-jointed plane frames, continuous beams, rigid jointed

plane frames (with redundancy restricted to two).

TOTAL PERIODS :60 (45 L + 15 T)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Analyze the pin-jointed and rigid jointed frames using consistent deformation method

● Analyse the continuous beams and rigid frames by slope deflection method.

● Apply the concept of moment distribution and analyse continuous beams and rigid frames with and without

sway.

● Apply the concept of matrix stiffness method to analyse continuous beams, pin jointed trusses and rigid plane

frames.

● Analyse the indeterminate pin jointed plane frames , continuous beams and rigid frames using matrix flexibility

method.

Textbooks:

1. Bhavikatti, S.S,Structural Analysis,Vol.1,& 2, Vikas Publishing House Pvt.Ltd.,NewDelhi-4, 2014

2. Bhavikatti, S.S, Matrix Method of Structural Analysis, I. K. International Publishing House Pvt.Ltd.,New

Delhi-4, 2014.

References:

1. Ghali.A, Nebille,A.M. and Brown,T.G. “Structural Analysis” A unified classical and Matrix approach” 6th

edition. Spon Press, London and New York, 2013.

2. William Weaver, Jr and James M.Gere, Matrix analysis of framed structures, CBS Publishers & Distributors,

Second Edition, Delhi, 2004

3. Reddy C.S., Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., Third Edition, 2010.

4. Punmia.B.C, Ashok Kumar Jain & Arun Kumar Jain, Theory of structures, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi,

2004.

5. Gambhir. M.L., "Fundamentals of Structural Mechanics and Analysis"., PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,

2011.

6. Pandit G.S. & Gupta S.P. "Structural Analysis – A Matrix Approach", Tata McGraw Hill 2004.

Page 72: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

72

CE18504 WATER SUPPLY ENGINEERING L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To equip the students with the principles and design of water treatment and distribution.

UNIT I SOURCES AND QUALITY OF WATER 9

Public water supply system – Planning, Objectives, Design period, Population forecasting; Water demand – Sources

of water and their characteristics, Surface and Groundwater – Impounding Reservoir – Development and selection

of source – Source water quality – Characterization – Significance – Drinking water quality standards.

UNIT II CONVEYANCE FROM THE SOURCE 9

Water supply – Intake structures – Functions, Types and Design ; Pipes and conduits for water – Pipe materials –

Hydraulics of flow in pipes – Transmission main design – Laying, jointing and testing of pipes – appurtenances –

Types and capacity of pumps – Selection of pumps and pipe materials..

UNIT III CONVENTIONAL WATER TREATMENT 9

Objectives – Unit operations and processes – Principles, functions, and design of water treatment plant units,

aerators, flash mixers, Coagulation and flocculation –Clariflocculator– Plate and tube settlers – Pulsator clarifier -

Sand filters - Disinfection - Residue Management –Operation and Maintenance aspects.

UNIT IV ADVANCED WATER TREATMENT 9

Water softening – Desalination- R.O. Plant – demineralization – Adsorption - Ion exchange– Membrane Systems –

RO Reject Management - Iron and Manganese removal - Defluoridation -

Operation & Maintenance aspects – Recent advances.

UNIT V WATER DISTRIBUTION AND SUPPLY 9

Requirements of water distribution – Components – Service reservoirs – Functions – Network design – Analysis of

distribution networks –Computer applications – Appurtenances – Leak detection. Principles of design of water

supply in buildings – House service connection – Fixtures and fittings, systems of plumbing and types of plumbing.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Classify the various sources and characteristics of water and summarize the various components of water

supply scheme.

● Determine the sizes of different types of intake structure and conveyance system for water transmission

● Describe the process of conventional treatment of water and compute the sizes of the conventional water

treatment units.

● Explain the various processes of advanced water treatment and calculate the sizes of various advanced treatment

systems.

● Determine the capacity of service reservoir, analyse the water distribution networks and classify the different

systems of water supply in buildings.

Textbooks:

1. Garg, S.K. Environmental Engineering, Vol.I Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 33rd Edition, 2019.

2. Modi, P.N., Water Supply Engineering, Vol.I Standard Book House, New Delhi, 2015.

References:

Page 73: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

73

1. Punmia, B.C.,Ashok Jain and Arun Jain, Water Supply Engineering, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi,

2015.

2. Manual on Water Supply and Treatment, CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India,

New Delhi, 2013.

3. Syed R. Qasim and Edward M. Motley Guang Zhu, Water Works Engineering Planning,

4. Design and Operation, Prentice Hall of India Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009.

5. Standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater, APHA, 22nd Edition, Washington, 2012.

Page 74: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

74

CE18505 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING II L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To expose the students to Railway planning, design, construction and maintenance and planning and design

principles of Airports and Harbours.

UNIT I RAILWAY PLANNING 9

Significance of Road, Rail, Air and Water transports - Elements of Permanent Way – Rails, Sleepers, Ballast, rail

fixtures and fastenings, - Coning of Wheels, Creep in rails, defects in rails – Route alignment surveys, conventional

and modern methods- - Geometric design of railways, gradient, super elevation, widening of gauge on curves –

Points and Crossings.

UNIT II RAILWAY CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE 9

Earthwork – Stabilization of track on poor soil – Tunneling Methods, drainage and ventilation –- Calculation of

Materials required for track laying - Construction and maintenance of tracks –Modern methods of construction &

maintenance - Railway stations and yards and passenger amenities- Urban rail – Infrastructure for Metro, Mono and

underground railways.

UNIT III AIRPORT PLANNING 9

Air transport characteristics – airport classification – Airport Planning: Objectives, components, layout

characteristics, socio-economic characteristics of the catchment area, criteria airport site selection and ICAO

stipulation, typical airport layouts, case studies, parking and circulation area

UNIT IV AIRPORT DESIGN 9

Runway Design: Orientation, Wind Rose Diagram – Runway length – problems on basic and actual length,

Geometric design of runway, configuration and pavement design principles – Elements of taxiway design – Airport

zones – Passenger facilities and services – Runway and Taxiway marking and lighting

UNIT V HARBOUR ENGINEERING 9

Definition of Basic Terms: Harbor, Port, Satellite Port, Docks, Waves and Tides – Planning and Design of Harbours:

Requirements, Classification, Location and Design Principles – Harbour Layout and Terminal Facilities – Coastal

Structures: Piers, Break waters, Wharves, Jetties, Quays, Spring Fenders, Dolphins and Floating Landing Stage –

Inland Water Transport – Wave action on Coastal Structures and Coastal Protection Works – Environmental concern

of Port Operations – Coastal Regulation Zone, 2011

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Illustrate various components involved in railway planning

● Outline the maintenance requirements for various track components

● Illustrate various components involved in airport planning

● Select an orientation for a runway with the given wind data

● Illustrate various components involved in n harbour planning

Textbooks:

1. Saxena Subhash C and Satyapal Arora, "A Course in Railway Engineering", Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi,

2003

2. Khanna S K, Arora M G and Jain S S, "Airport Planning and Design", Nemchand and Brothers, Roorkee, 2012.

3. Bindra S P, "A Course in Docks and Harbour Engineering", Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi, 2013

References:

1. Subramanian K.P., Highways, Railways, Airport and Harbour Engineering, Scitech Publications (India),

Page 75: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

75

Chennai, 2010

2. C.Venkatramaiah, Transportation Engineering-Vol.2 Railways, Airports, Docks and Harbours, Bridges and

Tunnels, Universities Press (India) Private Limited, Hyderabad, 2015.

3. Mundrey J S, Railway Track Engineering, McGraw Hill Education ( India) Private Ltd, New Delhi, 2013

Page 76: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

76

HS18561 INTERVIEW AND CAREER SKILLS LABORATORY L T P C

(Common to all Branches except BT & EE) 0 0 3 2

Objectives:

● To enable learners to build confidence and enhance their language proficiency.

● To expose learners to the use of professional English.

● To equip them with employability skills.

● To expose learners to build entrepreneurship skills.

UNIT I LISTENING AND SPEAKING SKILLS 12

Conversation Skills – Types - Small Talk, Face-to-Face and Telephonic, Formal and Informal Conversations – Skills

in presenting ideas and collating information during Conference Calls (one –to-one and technical group / team) –

Academic and Workplace Situations – Conversing with Faculty/Visiting Faculty/Guests/Officials/Employers and

Employees – Group Discussion – Etiquette and Dos and Don’ts, Turn-taking –Presentation Skills – Seminars and

Projects using Digital Tools; Mock Interview – Etiquette and Dos and Don’ts – Audio-Visual interface for

enhancement of Listening and Speaking Skills

UNIT II READING / SPEED READING, CRITICAL THINKING AND

WRITING SKILLS

12

Reading Comprehension – General and Scientific Texts/Articles/Case Studies from different or relevant fields of

study for analysis and critical thinking; Employability Skills – Writing Job Applications – Cover Letter

accompanying Résumé – Types of Business Letters and Email Writing and Etiquette; Writing Reports – Statement

of Purpose – Writing Articles for Publication Style and Format – Creating Blogs or Company Profiles – Speed

Reading of Voluminous Reports / Documents and Exacting Necessary Information and Abstract Preparation

including Dissemination

UNIT III ENGLISH FOR PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS 12

Sentences, Paragraphs and Reading Comprehension – Vocabulary Building – General and Technical Terms –

Contextual Meaning – Spelling – Subject-Specific Words – Usage and User-Specific Terminology

UNIT IV ENTREPRENEURSHIP SKILLS 9

Introduction to Entrepreneurship; Developing Leadership Qualities and Team Work; Goal Setting and Real-Life

Scenarios; Fundamentals of Entrepreneurial Skills – Marketing Strategies - Microcosmic and Macrocosmic Levels

of Product Sales and Survey – Sector / Industry Appraisal and Appreciation (Review and Understanding State of

the Nation / Economy / Environment / Sector Reports Published) - Interaction & Understanding Role of Multi-

Lateral Financial / Institutional / Industrial Agencies such as World Bank, ADB, UNDP, CII etc.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

TEACHING METHODS:

1. To be totally learner-centric with minimum teacher intervention as the course revolves around practice.

2. Suitable audio/video samples from Podcast/YouTube to be used for illustrative purposes.

3. Portfolio approach for writing to be followed. Learners are to be encouraged to blog, tweet, text and email

employing appropriate language.

4. GD/Interview/Role Play/Debate could be conducted off the laboratory (in a regular classroom) but learners are

to be exposed to telephonic interview and video conferencing.

5. Learners are to be assigned to read/write/listen/view materials outside the classroom as well for gaining

proficiency and better participation in the class.

6. Learners to form team(s), select a module of external Industrial / Institutional interaction and prepare a short

thesis/project proposal.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Take international examination such as IELTS and TOEFL

● Make presentations and Participate in Group Discussions.

● Successfully answer questions in interviews

Page 77: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

77

References:

1. Business English Certificate Materials, Cambridge University Press.

2. Graded Examinations in Spoken English and Spoken English for Work downloadable materials from Trinity

College,London.

3. International English Language Testing System Practice Tests, Cambridge University Press.

4. Interactive Multimedia Programs on Managing Time andStress.

5. Personality Development (CD-ROM), Times Multimedia, Mumbai.

WEB SOURCES:

http://www.slideshare.net/rohitjsh/presentation-on-group-

discussionhttp://www.washington.edu/doit/TeamN/present_tips.ht

mlhttp://www.oxforddictionaries.com/words/writing-job-

applicationshttp://www.kent.ac.uk/careers/cv/coveringletters.html

http://www.mindtools.com/pages/article/newCDV_34.html

Page 78: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

78

CE18511 SOIL MECHANICS LABORATORY L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

Objectives:

● To develop skills to test the soils for their index and engineering properties and to characterize the soil based

on their properties.

LIST F EXPERIMENTS

DETERMINATION OF INDEX PROPERTIES 20

a. Specific gravity of soil solids

b. Grain size distribution – Sieve analysis

c. Grain size distribution - Hydrometer analysis

d. Liquid limit and Plastic limit tests

e. Shrinkage limit and Differential free swell tests

DETERMINATION OF INSITU DENSITY AND COMPACTION

CHARACTERISTICS

8

a. Field density Test ( Sand replacement method)

b. Determination of moisture – density relationship using standard proctor compaction test

DETERMINATION OF ENGINEERING PROPERTIES 28

a. Permeability determination (constant head and falling head methods)

b. One dimensional consolidation test (Determination of co-efficient of consolidation only)

c. Direct shear test in cohesionless soil

d. Unconfined compression test in cohesive soil

e. Laboratory vane shear test in cohesive soil

f. Tri-axial compression test in cohesionless soil (Demonstration only)

g. California Bearing Ratio Test

TEST ON MODELED FOOTING (Demonstration only) 4

a. Determination of Capacity of Model Shallow / Deep Footing

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Conduct tests to determine the index properties of soils.

● Determine the insitu density and compaction characteristics.

● Conduct tests to determine the compressibility, permeability and shear strength of soils.

● Determine the capacity of footings(Prototype) by conducting test on model footing..

References:

1. “Soil Engineering Laboratory Instruction Manual” published by Engineering College Co- operative Society,

Anna University, Chennai, 2010

2. “Saibaba Reddy, E. Ramasastri, K. “Measurement of Engineering Properties of Soils”, New age International

(P) limited publishers, New Delhi, 2008.

3. Lambe T.W., “Soil Testing for Engineers”, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1951. Digitized 2008.

4. IS Code of Practice (2720) Relevant Parts, as amended from time to time, Bureau of Indian Standards, New

Delhi.

5. G.Venkatappa Rao and Goutham .K. Potable, “Geosynthetics Testing – A laboratory Manual”, Sai Master

Geoenvironmental Services Pvt. Ltd., 1st Edition 2008

6. Braja M.Das., “Soil Mechanics: Laboratory Manual”, Oxford University Press, eighth edition, 2012.

Page 79: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

79

CE18512 SURVEY CAMP L T P C

(2 weeks) 0 0 0 2

Objectives:

● To provide practical knowledge for implementation of different survey works.

Students as a group will carry out each exercise in survey camp. At the end of the camp, each student shall have

mapped and contoured the area. The camp record shall include all original field observations, calculations and plots.

Two weeks Survey Camp will be conducted during summer vacation in the following activities:

1. Contouring

(i). Radial tachometric contouring - Radial Line at Every 45 Degree and Length not less than

60 Meter on each Radial Line

(ii). Block Level/ By squares

2.Profile levelling. L.S & C.S - Road and canal alignment

3. Traverse - using Total station

4.Triangulation survey

5. Use of GPS to determine latitude and longitude and locate the survey camp location

6. Curve setting by deflection angle

Apart from above students may be given survey exercises in other area also based on site condition to give good

exposure on survey.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Apply Surveying knowledge and tools effectively for the exercises

● Apply basic surveying knowledge to survey considerably hilly terrain

● Use the survey field books and topographical sheets/maps

● Carry out work as a team

Page 80: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

80

CE18601 DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES L T P C

3 1 0 4

Objectives:

● To introduce the students to limit state design of structural steel members subjected to compressive, tensile and

bending loads, including connections.

● To provide the students the tools necessary for designing structural systems such as roof trusses and gantry

girders as per provisions of current code (IS 800 - 2007) of practice.

UNIT I BASICS OF STRUCTURAL STEEL AND DESIGN OF

CONNECTIONS

12

General -Types of Steel -Properties of structural steel - I.S. rolled sections - Concept of Limit State Design - Design

of Simple and eccentric Bolted and welded connections - Types of failure and efficiency of joint – prying action -

Introduction to HSFG bolts - Connection Detailing using manual drafting and software

UNIT II TENSION MEMBERS 12

Behaviour and Design of simple and built-up members subjected to tension – definition of Shear lag and tension

splice- Design of lug angles – Tension splice

UNIT III COMPRESSION MEMBERS 12

Behaviour of short and long columns -Design of simple and built-up compression members with lacings and battens

- Design of column bases - slab base and gusseted base - Design of compression member using C programming

UNIT IV BEAMS 12

Design of laterally supported and unsupported beams - Design of built-up beams - Design of plate girders and gantry

girder

UNIT V INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURES 12

Design of roof trusses – loads on trusses – purlin design using angle and channel sections - Introduction to pre-

engineered buildings–– Analysis and Design of sloped roof industrial structure using analysis software.

TOTAL PERIODS :60 (45 L + 15T)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Provide the apt connection for the problem statement using codal provisions.

● Carry out the design of tension members using codal provisions.

● Predict the suitability of a member for given compression load using codal provisions.

● Design bending member with appropriate section using design principles.

● Predict the wind loads and others loads on industrial structures based on codal provisions.

Textbooks:

1. Duggal S.K., Design of Steel Structures, Tata McGraw Hill, Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010

2. Bhavikatti S.S, Design of Steel Structures, Ik International Publishing House, New Delhi, 2017.

References:

1. Gambhir M L, Fundamentals of Structural Steel Design, McGraw Hill Education India Pvt Limited, 2013

2. Jack C. McCormac and Stephen F Csernak, Structural Steel Design, Pearson Education Limited, 2013.

3. Sarwar Alam Raz, Structural Design in Steel, New Age International Publishers, 2014

4. Subramanian N, Design of Steel Structures, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2016

5. INSDAG teaching resources.

Page 81: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

81

CE18602 WASTEWATER ENGINEERING L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● The objectives of this course is to help the students develop the ability to apply basic understanding of physical,

chemical and biological phenomena for successful design, operation and maintenance of sewage treatment

plants.

UNIT I PLANNING AND DESIGN OF SEWERAGE SYSTEM 9

Characteristics and composition of sewage - Sanitary sewage flow and Storm runoff estimation – Sewer materials

– Hydraulics of flow in sanitary sewers – Sewer design - Sewer appurtenances – Sewage pumping - Drainage in

buildings-plumbing systems for drainage- Discharge standards for Effluents.

UNIT II PRIMARY TREATMENT OF SEWAGE 9

Objectives – Unit Operations and Processes – Selection of treatment processes - Onsite sanitation - Septic tank-

Primary treatment – Principles, functions and design of primary sewage treatment units - screens - grit chamber-

primary sedimentation tanks –Operation and Maintenance aspects.

UNIT III SECONDARY TREATMENT OF SEWAGE 10

Objectives – Selection of Treatment Methods – Principles, functions and design of secondary sewage treatment

units - Activated Sludge Process and Extended Aeration Systems –Rotating Biological Contactors-Trickling filters

- Waste Stabilization Ponds – Operation and Maintenance aspects.

UNIT IV ADVANCES IN SEWAGE TREATMENT 8

Sequencing Batch Reactor – Moving Bed Biofilm Reactor-Membrane Bioreactor - UASB - Biogas recovery-

Reclamation and Reuse of sewage – Constructed Wetland –Nutrient Removal Systems.

UNIT V DISPOSAL OF SEWAGE AND SLUDGE MANAGEMENT 9

Standards for Disposal - Methods – dilution – Self purification of surface water bodies – Oxygen sag curve – Land

disposal – Sludge characterization – Thickening – Sludge digestion – Biogas recovery – Sludge Conditioning and

Dewatering – disposal – Advances in Sludge Treatment and disposal.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Calculate sewage generation, classify the characteristics and composition of sewage and compute the sizes of

sewerage system components.

● Compute the sizes of the units and discuss the unit operations and processes that are used in primary treatment

of sewage and onsite sanitation.

● Compute the sizes of the units and explain the unit operations and processes that are involved in secondary

treatment of sewage

● Describe the advanced sewage treatment technology and reuse of sewage.

● Describe the self purification process of streams and calculate the sludge generation and explain the sludge

management.

Textbooks:

1. Garg, S.K., "Environmental Engineering Vol. II”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 39th Edition, 2019.

2. Punmia, B.C., Jain, A.K., and Jain. A., "Environmental Engineering", Vol.II, Lakshmi Publications, 2016.

Page 82: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

82

References:

1. "Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment Systems Part A, B, C", CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban

Development, Government of India, New Delhi, 2013.

2. Metcalf & Eddy, "Wastewater Engineering" – Treatment and Reuse, Tata McGraw Hill Company, New

Delhi, 2014.

3. Duggal K.N., “Elements of Environmental Engineering” S.Chand and Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2014.

4. Syed R. Qasim “Wastewater Treatment Plants”, CRC Press, Washington D.C.,2010

5. “Manual on Storm Water Drainage Systems”, CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban Development, Government of

India, New Delhi, 2019.

Page 83: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

83

CE18603 CONSTRUCTION PLANNING AND SCHEDULING L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To study and understand the concept of planning, scheduling, cost and quality control, safety during

construction, organization and use of project information necessary for construction project.

UNIT I CONSTRUCTION PLANNING 9

Basic Concepts in the Development of Construction Plans – Choice of Technology and Construction Method –

Defining Work Tasks – Defining Precedence Relationships among Activities – Estimating Activity Durations –

Estimating Resource Requirements for Work Activities – Coding Systems.

UNIT II SCHEDULING PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES 9

Construction Schedules – Critical Path Method – Scheduling Calculations – Float – Presenting Project Schedules –

Scheduling for Activity-on-Node and with Leads, Lags, and Windows – Scheduling with Resource Constraints and

Precedences – Use of Advanced Scheduling Techniques – Scheduling with Uncertain Durations – Calculations for

Monte Carlo Schedule Simulation – Crashing and Time/Cost Tradeoffs – Improving the Scheduling Process

UNIT III COST CONTROL, MONITORING AND ACCOUNTING 9

The Cost Control Problem – The Project Budget – Forecasting for Activity Cost Control – Financial Accounting

Systems and Cost Accounts – Control of Project Cash Flows –Schedule Control – Schedule and Budget Updates –

Relating Cost and Schedule Information - introduction to computer tool for scheduling

UNIT IV QUALITY CONTROL AND SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION 9

Quality and Safety Concerns in Construction – Organizing for Quality and Safety – Work and Material

Specifications – Total Quality Control – Quality Control by Statistical Methods – Statistical Quality Control with

Sampling by Attributes – Statistical Quality Control with Sampling by Variables – Safety.

UNIT V ORGANIZATION AND USE OF PROJECT INFORMATION 9

Types of Project Information – Accuracy and Use of Information – Computerized Organization and Use of

Information – Organizing Information in Databases – Relational Model of Databases – Other Conceptual Models

of Databases – Centralized Database Management Systems – Databases and Applications Programs – Information

Transfer and Flow.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Plan the activities in construction considering the technology and duration

● Carry out the scheduling procedures using advanced scheduling techniques

● Predict the problems related to cost control and accounting

● Summarize the quality and safety concerns in construction

● Reflect the different types of database management system to organize and use project information

Textbooks:

1. Calin M. Popescu, Chotchai Charoenngam, Project Planning, Scheduling and Control in Construction: An

Encyclopedia of terms and Applications, Wiley, New York, 1995.

2. Chitkara, K.K. Construction Project Management: Planning, Scheduling and Control, McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company, New Delhi, 1998.

References:

1. Chris Hendrickson and Tung Au, Project Management for Construction – Fundamental Concepts for Owners,

Engineers, Architects and Builders, Prentice Hall, Pittsburgh, 2000.

2. Halpin, D. W., Financial and Cost Concepts for Construction Management, John Wiley & Sons, New York,

1985.

3. Willis, E. M., Scheduling Construction Projects, John Wiley & Sons, 1986.

Page 84: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

84

CE18604 ADVANCED STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS L T P C

3 1 0 4

Objectives:

● To learn the method of drawing influence lines and its uses in various applications like beams, bridges and

plane trusses.

● To analyse the arches and suspension bridges

● To understand the plastic analysis and finite element analysis of structures.

UNIT I PLASTIC ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURES 12

Statically indeterminate axial problems – Beams in pure bending – Plastic moment of resistance – Plastic modulus

– Shape factor – Load factor – Plastic hinge and mechanism – Plastic analysis of indeterminate beams and frames

– Upper and lower bound theorems

UNIT II FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 12

Introduction – Discretisation of a structure – Displacement functions – Truss element – Beam element – One

dimensional elements

UNIT III MOVING LOADS AND INFLUENCE LINES 12

Influence lines for reactions in statically determinate structures – influence lines for member forces in pin-jointed

frames – Influence lines for shear force and bending moment in beam sections – Calculation of critical stress

resultants due to concentrated and distributed moving loads. Muller Breslau‟s principle – Influence lines for

continuous beams and single storey rigid frames – Indirect model analysis for influence lines of indeterminate

structures – Beggs deformeter

UNIT IV ARCHES 12

Arches as structural forms – Examples of arch structures – Types of arches – Analysis of three hinged and two

hinged, parabolic and circular arches – Settlement and temperature effects.

UNIT V SPACE FRAMES AND CABLE STRUCTURES 12

Analysis of Space trusses using method of tension coefficients – Beams curved in plan Suspension cables –

suspension bridges with two and three hinged stiffening girders

TOTAL PERIODS :60 (45 L + 15 T)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Perform plastic analysis of structures

● Analyse the structure using finite element method.

● Understand the concept of influence lines for structures due to moving loads.

● Analyse arches for given loading

● Analyse the space frames and cable structures.

Textbooks:

1. Bhavikatti, S.S,Structural Analysis,Vol.1,& 2, Vikas Publishing House Pvt.Ltd.,NewDelhi-4, 2014

2. Punmia.B.C, Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun Kumar Jain, Theory of structures, Laxmi, Publications,2004

References:

1. Negi.L.S and Jangid R.S ., Structural Analysis , Tata McGraw-Hill Publishers, 2004.

2. Reddy C.S., Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., Third Edition, 2010.

3. Gambhir.M.L., Fundamentals of Structural Mechanics and Analysis, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2011.

4. Vazrani.V.N And Ratwani,M.M, Analysis of Structures, Vol.II, Khanna Publishers,2015.

Page 85: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

85

CE18611 CONCRETE AND HIGHWAY ENGINEERING LABORATORY L T P C

0 0 4 2

Objectives:

● To learn the principles and procedures of testing Concrete and Highway materials and to get hands on

experience by conducting the tests and evolving inferences.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

I. TESTS ON FRESH CONCRETE

1. Mix design – IS method

2. Determination of workability

a. Slump cone test

b. Compaction factor test

c. Flow table test

d. Vee bee test

II. TESTS ON HARDENED CONCRETE 1. Compressive strength - Cube &split tensile - Cylinder

2. Flexure test

3. Modulus of Elasticity

III. TESTS ON COARSE AGGREGATES 1.

a. Specific Gravity

b. Water Absorption

2. Gradation of Aggregate

3.

a. Crushing Strength

b. Impact Value

4. Abrasion Value

5. Flakiness and Elongation Indices

IV. TESTS ON BITUMEN 1. Penetration

2. Softening Point

3. Ductility

4. Viscosity

V. TESTS ON BITUMINOUS MIXES 1. Determination of Binder Content

2. Marshall Stability and Flow values

3. Density

TOTAL PERIODS :60

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Carry out the tests on aggregates

● Carry out the tests on fresh and hardened concrete

● Carry out the tests on bitumen

References:

1. Highway Materials and Pavement Testing, Nem Chand and Bros., Roorkee, Revised Fifth Edition, 2009-

2. Mix Design Methods Asphalt Institute Manual Series No. 2, Sixth Edition, 1997, Lexington, KY, USA.

3. Concrete Technology: Theory and Practice, 8/e - M. S. Shetty & A K Jain - S. Chand Publishing - 2019

Page 86: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

86

4. IS 383– 2016 Indian Standard specification for coarse and fine aggregates from natural sources for concrete

5. IS 516 -1959 – Indian Standard methods of tests for strength of concrete -

6. IS10262 -2019 – Indian standard Concrete Mix Proportioning — Guidelines- -Methods for testing tar and

bituminous materials, IS 1201–1978 to IS 1220– 1978 Bureau of Indian Standards-

7. Methods of test for aggregates, IS 2386 – 1978, Bureau of Indian Standards-

Page 87: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

87

CE18612 WATER SUPPLY AND WASTEWATER ENGINEERING

LABORATORY L T P C

0 0 4 2

Objectives:

● This subject includes the list of experiments to be conducted for characterization of water and municipal

sewage. At the end of the course, the student is expected to be aware of the procedure for quantifying quality

parameters for water and sewage.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Measurement of pH, Electrical conductivity and Turbidity.

2. Determination of Optimum Coagulant Dosage by Jar test.

3. Determination of Iron in Water.

4. Determination of Fluoride in Water.

5. Determination of Calcium in Water.

6. Determination of Potassium in Water.

7. Determination of Sodium in Water.

8. Determination of Suspended, Volatile, Fixed and Settleable Solids in Wastewater.

9. Determination of Dissolved Oxygen in Wastewater.

10. Determination of Ammonia Nitrogen in Wastewater.

11. Determination of Nitrate in Wastewater.

12. Determination of Phosphate in wastewater.

13. Determination of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD).

14. Determination of Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD).

TOTAL PERIODS :60

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Test the characteristics of water

● Test the characteristics of wastewater

● Experiment the water and wastewater quality, and know which tests are appropriate for given environmental

problems.

References:

1. Standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater, APHA, 22nd Edition, Washington, 2012.

Page 88: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

88

CE18701 PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To study the various management techniques for successful completion of construction projects.

● To study the effect of management for project organization, design of construction process, labour, material

and equipment utilization, and cost estimation.

UNIT I THE OWNERS' PERSPECTIVE 9

Introduction - Project Life Cycle - Types of Construction - Selection of Professional Services - Construction

Contractors - Financing of Constructed Facilities - Legal and Regulatory Requirements - Changing Environment of

the Construction Industry - Role of Project Managers

UNIT II ORGANIZING FOR PROJECT MANAGEMENT 9

Project Management – modern trends - Strategic Planning - Effects of Project Risks on Organization - Organization

of Project Participants -Traditional Designer-Constructor Sequence - Professional Construction Management -

Owner-Builder Operation - Turnkey Operation - Leadership and Motivation for the Project Team.

UNIT III DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION PROCESS 9

Design and Construction as an Integrated System - Innovation and Technological Feasibility - Innovation and

Economic Feasibility - Design Methodology - Functional Design - Construction Site Environment.

.

UNIT IV LABOUR, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT UTILIZATION 9

Historical Perspective - Labour Productivity - Factors Affecting Job-Site Productivity - Labour Relations in

Construction - Problems in Collective Bargaining - Materials Management - Material Procurement and Delivery -

Inventory Control - Tradeoffs of Costs in Materials Management. - Construction Equipment - Choice of Equipment

and Standard Production Rates - Construction Processes Queues and Resource Bottlenecks.

UNIT V COST ESTIMATION 9

Costs Associated with Constructed Facilities - Approaches to Cost Estimation - Type of Construction Cost Estimates

- Effects of Scale on Construction Cost - Unit Cost Method of Estimation - Methods for Allocation of Joint Costs -

Historical Cost Data - Cost Indices - Applications of Cost Indices to Estimating - Estimate Based on Engineer's List

of Quantities - Estimation of Operating Costs.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● recognise the project life cycle and the role of project managers

● carry out the project management effectively

● design the construction process considering the feasibility

● understand the labour, material and equipment utilisation

● Estimate the cost of a construction project

Textbooks:

1. Stephen P. Robbins and Mary Coulter, “ Management”, Prentice Hall (India)Pvt. Ltd., 10th Edition, 2009

2. Chitkara, K.K. “Construction Project Management Planning”, Scheduling and Control, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1998.

References:

1. Choudhury S , Project Management, McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 1988.

2. Chris Hendrickson and Tung Au, Project Management for Construction – Fundamental Concepts for Owners,

Engineers, Architects and Builders, Prentice Hall, Pittsburgh, 2000.

3. Frederick E. Gould, Construction Project Management, Wentworth Institute of Technology, Vary E. Joyce,

Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2000.

4. George J.Ritz , Total Construction Project Management - McGraw-Hill Inc, 1994.

Page 89: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

89

CE18702 ESTIMATION, COSTING AND VALUATION ENGINEERING L T P C

3 1 0 4

Objectives:

● To provide the student with the ability to estimate the quantities of item of works involved in buildings, water

supply and sanitary works, road works and irrigation works, and also to equip the student with the ability to do

rate analysis, valuation of properties and preparation of reports for estimation of various items.

UNIT I ESTIMATE OF BUILDINGS 15

Load bearing and framed structures – Calculation of quantities of brick work, RCC, PCC, Plastering, white washing,

colour washing and painting / varnishing for shops, rooms, residential building with flat and pitched roof – Various

types of arches – Calculation of brick work and RCC works in arches – Estimate of joineries for panelled and glazed

doors, windows, ventilators, handrails etc.

UNIT II ESTIMATE OF OTHER STRUCTURES 12

Estimating of septic tank, soak pit – sanitary and water supply installations – water supply pipe line – sewer line –

tube well – open well – estimate of bituminous and cement concrete roads – estimate of retaining walls – culverts –

estimating of irrigation works – aqueduct, syphon, fall.

UNIT III SPECIFICATION AND TENDERS 12

Data – Schedule of rates – Analysis of rates – Specifications – sources – Preparation of detailed and general

specifications – Tenders – types of tenders - TTT Act – e-tender – Preparation of Tender Notice and Document –

Contracts – Types of contracts – Drafting of contract documents – Arbitration and legal requirements – detailed

study on tender document

UNIT IV VALUATION 12

Necessity – Basics of value engineering – Capitalised value – Depreciation – Escalation – Value of building –

Calculation of Standard rent – Mortgage – Lease.

UNIT V REPORT PREPARATION 9

Principles for report preparation – report on estimate of residential building – Culvert – Roads – Water supply and

sanitary installations – Tube wells – Open wells.

TOTAL PERIODS :60 (45 L + 15 T)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Estimate the quantities of item of works involved in buildings

● Estimate the quantities of item of works involved in water supply and sanitary works, road works and irrigation

works.

● Do rate analysis and also gain knowledge about tenders and contracts

● Prepare value estimates.

● Prepare report for various civil engineering structures.

Textbooks:

1. Dutta, B.N., “Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering(Theory & Practice)”, UBS Publishers & Distributors

Pvt. Ltd., 2016

2. 2.-Kohli, D.D and Kohli, R.C., “A Text Book of Estimating and Costing (Civil)”, S.Chand & Company Ltd.,

2013.

References:

1.-PWD Data Book.

2.-Tamilnadu Transparencies in Tender Act, 1998

3.-Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996

4.-Standard Bid Evaluation Form, Procurement of Goods or Works, The World Bank, April 1996.

Page 90: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

90

CE18703 STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS AND EARTHQUAKE

ENGINEERING L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To understand the behaviour of structures under dynamic, earthquake loading and design the structures as

earthquake resistant as per codal provisions.

UNIT I THEORY OF VIBRATIONS 9

Difference between static loading and dynamic loading – Degree of freedom – idealization of structure as single

degree of freedom system – Formulation of Equations of motion of SDOF system - D‟Alemberts principles – effect

of damping – free and forced vibration of damped and undamped structures – Response to harmonic and periodic

forces

UNIT II MULTIPLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEM 9

Two degree of freedom system – modes of vibrations – formulation of equations of motion of multi degree of

freedom (MDOF) system - Eigen values and Eigen vectors – Response to free and forced vibrations - damped and

undamped MDOF system – Modal superposition methods.

UNIT III INTRODUCTION TO EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING 9

Elements of Engineering Seismology - Causes of Earthquake – Plate Tectonic theory – Elastic rebound Theory –

Characteristic of earthquake – Estimation of earthquake parameters - Magnitude and intensity of earthquakes –

Spectral Acceleration.

UNIT IV RESPONSE OF STRUCTURES TO EARTHQUAKE 9

Effect of earthquake on different types of structures – Behaviour of RCC, Steel and prestressed Concrete Structures

under earthquake loading – Pinching Effect – Bouchinger Effects – Liquefaction

of soil – Response Spectra – Causes of damage – Lessons learnt from past earthquakes

UNIT V CONCEPTS OF EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN 9

Causes of damage – Planning considerations / Architectural concepts as per IS:4326 – 1993 – Guidelines for

Earthquake resistant design – Earthquake resistant design for masonry and Reinforced Cement Concrete buildings

– Lateral load analysis – Design and detailing as per IS:13920 – 1993.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Apply the knowledge of science and engineering fundamentals to idealize and formulate the equations of

motion for SDOF system.

● Develop the equations of motion for MDOF system and to evaluate the natural frequencies and mode shapes.

● Explain the elements of engineering seismology, characteristics of earthquake and seismic instrumentation.

● Identify the various causes and effects of earthquakes on structures due to past earthquakes.

● Analyze the structures subjected to dynamic loading and to design for seismic loading as per codal provisions.

Textbooks:

1. Mario Paz, Structural Dynamics – Theory and Computations, Fifth Edition 2nd printing, CBS publishers, 2006.

2. Agarwal.P and Shrikhande.M. Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. 2011.

References:

1. Anil K Chopra, Dynamics of structures – Theory and applications to Earthquake Engineering, Prentice Hall

Inc., 2012.

2. Moorthy.C.V.R., Earthquake Tips, NICEE, IIT Kanpur,2002.

3. Clough.R.W, and Penzien.J, Dynamics of Structures, Second Edition, McGraw Hill International Edition,

Page 91: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

91

1995.

4. Madhujit Mukhopadhyay - Structural Dynamics: Vibrations and Systems - ANE Books -2008

5. S.R. Damodarasamy and S. Kavitha- Basics of Structural Dynamics and Aseismic Design – Phi - 5 edition -

2009

IS codes:

1. IS 4326: 2013 Earthquake Resistant Design And Construction Of Buildings – Code Of Practice

2. IS 1893: 2016 Criteria For Earthquake Resistant Design Of Structures – Part 1 General Provisions And

Buildings.

3. IS 13920:2016 Ductile Design And Detailing Of Reinforced Concrete Structures Subjected To

4. Seismic Forces – Code Of Practice.

Page 92: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

92

CE18711 PROJECT WORK - I L T P C

0 0 4 2

Objectives:

To develop the ability to solve a specific problem right from its identification and literature review till the

successful solution of the same.

To train the students in preparing project reports and to face reviews and viva voce examination.

The students in a group of 3 works on a topic approved by the head of the department under the guidance of a faculty

member and prepares a comprehensive project report after completing the work to the satisfaction of the supervisor.

They will be evaluated as per the regulations.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Design/Develop sustainable solutions for societal issues with environmental considerations applying the basic

engineering knowledge.

● Analyze and review research literature to synthesize research methods including design of experiments to

provide valid conclusion.

● Utilize the new tools, algorithms, techniques to provide valid conclusion following the norms of engineering

practice

● Test and Evaluate the performance of the developed solution using appropriate techniques and tools

● Apply management principles to function effectively in the project team for project execution

● Engage in learning for effective project implementation in the broadest context of technological change with

consideration for public health, safety, cultural and societal needs.

● Write effective reports and make clear presentation to the engineering community and society

Page 93: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

93

CE18712 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAFTING

LABORATORY L T P C

0 0 4 2

Objectives:

● To make the students to acquire hands on experience in design and preparation of structural drawings for

concrete / steel structures normally come across in Civil Engineering practice.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

PART-A (RCC Structures)

1. RCC one way and Two way slab and beam system

2. Rectangular column and footing

3. Combined footing with two columns

4. Cantilever Retaining wall

5. Counterfort retaining wall

6. Underground Rectangular Water tank

7. Elevated Circular Water Tank

PART-B (Steel Structures):

1. Built up column, column base and foundation

2. Simple steel roof trusses

3. Plate girder Welded

4. Gantry girder

TOTAL PERIODS :60

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● design and draft the RCC structures (slabs, columns with foundation, Retaining wall, water tanks)

● design and draft the Steel structures(columns, steel truss, plate girder, gantry girder)

References:

1. Krishnaraju N, Structural Design and drawing, Universities Press, 2009

2. Krishnamurthy D, Structural Design and Drawing vol I, II and III, CBS Publishers, 2018

3. Punmia, B.C., Ashok Kumar Jain, Arun Kumar Jain, “Comprehensive Design of Steel Structures, Laxmi

Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2015.

4. Neelam Sharma - R.C.C. Design & Drawing -S.K. Kataria & Sons; Reprint 2013 edition (2013)

Page 94: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

94

CE18811 PROJECT WORK - II L T P C

0 0 20 10

Objectives:

To develop the ability to solve a specific problem right from its identification and literature review till the

successful solution of the same.

To train the students in preparing project reports and to face reviews and viva voce examination.

The students in a group of 3 works on a topic approved by the head of the department under the guidance of a faculty

member and prepares a comprehensive project report after completing the work to the satisfaction of the supervisor.

They will be evaluated as per the regulations.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Design/Develop sustainable solutions for societal issues with environmental considerations applying the basic

engineering knowledge.

● Analyze and review research literature to synthesize research methods including design of experiments to

provide valid conclusion.

● Utilize the new tools, algorithms, techniques to provide valid conclusion following the norms of engineering

practice

● Test and Evaluate the performance of the developed solution using appropriate techniques and tools

● Apply management principles to function effectively in the project team for project execution

● Engage in learning for effective project implementation in the broadest context of technological change with

consideration for public health, safety, cultural and societal needs.

● Write effective reports and make clear presentation to the engineering community and society

Page 95: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

95

PRFESSIONAL ELECTIVES FOR ODD SEMESTER

Page 96: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

96

CE18001 ARCHITECTURE L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To provide the basic knowledge on the principles and functional design of buildings relating to the environment

and climate.

UNIT I ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 9

Architectural Design – an analysis – integration of function and aesthetics – Introduction to basic elements and

principles of design.

UNIT II SITE PLANNING 9

Surveys – Site analysis – Development Control – Layout regulations- Layout design concepts.

UNIT III BUILDING TYPES 9

Residential, institutional, commercial and Industrial – Application of anthropometry and space standards-Inter

relationships of functions – Safety standards – Building rules and regulations – Integration of building services –

Interior design.

UNIT IV CLIMATE AND ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIVE DESIGN 9

Man and environment interaction- Factors that determine climate – Characteristics of climate types – Design for

various climate types – Passive and active energy controls – Green building concept.

UNIT V TOWN PLANNING 9

Planning – Definition, concepts and processes- Urban planning standards and zoning regulations- Urban renewal –

Conservation – Principles of Landscape design.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Explain the basic elements and principles of architectural design.

● Discuss the various rules and regulation of town planning and development authorities.

● Describe the site planning survey, analysis and layout.

● Practice in any civil engineering project by incorporating various aspect of environment and climate of the

project area.

● Describe the urban planning, zoning and landscape design.

Textbooks:

1. Pramar. V.S. “Design fundamental in Architecture”, Somaiya Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1997.

2. Muthu Shoba Mohan.G.,”Principles of Architecture”., Oxford University Press., New Delhi, 2006.

Publications, News letter, 2016.

References:

1. Rangwala. S.C. “Town Planning” Charotar Publishing House., Anand, 2005.

2. De Chiara.J., Michael. J. Crosbie.,”Time Saver Standards for Building Types”, McGraw Hill Publishing

Company, New York, 2001.

3. Arvind Krishnan, Nick Baker, Simos Yannas, Szokolay.S.V., “Climate Responsive Architecture”., A Design

Hand Book for Energy Efficient Building, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2007.

4. National Building Code of India., SP7 (Group 1) Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, 2005.

Page 97: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

97

CE18003 AIR POLLUTION MANAGEMENT L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● This subject covers the sources, characteristics and effects of air and noise pollution and the methods of

controlling the same. The student is expected to know about source inventory and control mechanism.

UNIT I SOURCES AND EFFECTS OF AIR POLLUTANTS 9

Classification of air pollutants – Particulates and gaseous pollutants – Sources of air pollution – Source inventory –

Effects of air pollution on human beings, materials, vegetation, animals – global warming-ozone layer depletion,

Sampling and Analysis – Basic Principles of Sampling – Source and ambient sampling – Analysis of pollutants –

Principles.

UNIT II DISPERSION OF POLLUTANTS 9

Elements of atmosphere – Meteorological factors – Wind roses – Lapse rate – Atmospheric stability and turbulence

– Plume rise – Dispersion of pollutants – Dispersion models – Applications

UNIT III AIR POLLUTION CONTROL 12

Concepts of control – Principles and design of control measures – Particulates control by gravitational, centrifugal,

filtration, scrubbing, electrostatic precipitation – Selection criteria for equipment - gaseous pollutant control by

adsorption, absorption, condensation, combustion – Pollution control for specific major industries

UNIT IV AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT 8

Air quality standards – Air quality monitoring – Preventive measures - Air pollution control efforts – Zoning –

Town planning regulation of new industries – Legislation and enforcement – Environmental Impact Assessment

and Air quality.

UNIT V NOISE POLLUTION 7

Sources of noise pollution – Effects – Assessment - Standards – Control methods – Prevention

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Explain the nature and characteristics of air pollutants, noise pollution and basic concepts of air quality

management.

● Identify, formulate and solve air and noise pollution problems.

● Compute the sizes of stacks and particulate air pollution control devices to meet applicable standards.

● Identify the control equipments.

● Observe the quality, control and preventive measures.

Textbooks:

1. Anjaneyulu, D., “Air Pollution and Control Technologies”, Allied Publishers, Mumbai, 2002.

2. Rao M.N., and Rao H. V. N., Air Pollution Control, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2007.

References:

1. Keshav Kant, Rajni Kant, “Air Pollution and Control Engineering”, Khanna Publishing House, New Delhi,

2018.

2. C.S.Rao, “Environmental Pollution Control Engineering”,New Age International(P) Limited Publishers,2006.

3. Heumann. W.L., "Industrial Air Pollution Control Systems", McGraw Hill, New Yark, 1997.

4. Mahajan S.P., "Pollution Control in Process Industries", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi,

1991.

5. Garg, S.K., “Environmental Engineering Vol. II”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2019.

Page 98: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

98

CE18005

COASTAL ENGINEERING

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To provide an overview of the analysis and design procedures used in the field of coastal engineering

● To introduce the processes of coastal and estuarine circulation, coastal and shelf waves.

● To impart knowledge on surf zone hydrodynamics, sediment transport, hurricane-induced storm surge and

inundation, beach nourishment etc.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO COASTAL ENGINEERING 9

Introduction - Wind and waves – Sea and Swell - Introduction to small amplitude wave theory – use of wave tables-

Mechanics of water waves – Linear (Airy) wave theory – Wave measurement – Coastal regulation Zoning.

UNIT II WAVE PROPERTIES AND ANALYSIS 9

Introduction to non-linear waves and their properties – Waves in shallow waters – Wave Refraction, Diffraction and

Shoaling –Hindcasting of waves - Short term wave analysis – wave spectra and its utilities - Long term wave

analysis- Statistical analysis of grouped wave data.

UNIT III TYPES AND WAVE TRANSFORMATION 9

Tide analysis and prediction, storm surge, seiches and seasonal fluctuations - Long term water level fluctuations –

Wave shoaling; wave refraction; wave breaking; wave diffraction

UNIT IV COASTAL STRUCTURES AND SHORE PROTECTION 9

Risk analysis – design wave – Break waters – Shore protection – groins, seal walls, offshore breakwaters, artificial

nourishment

UNIT V MODELING IN COASTAL ENGINEERING 9

Physical modeling in Coastal Engineering – Limitations and advantages – Role of physical modeling in coastal

engineering – Numerical modeling – Modeling aspects – limitations

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Describe the basic concepts in coastal engineering such as the linear wave theory, energy propagation in waves,

shoaling, refraction, diffraction, and breaking.

● Explain the design concepts in coastal engineering based on wave spectra.

● Discuss basic principles of water wave mechanics regarding wave energy and momentum, and their effects on

wave transformation.

● Discuss various analysis tools used in the design of breakwaters using estimation of transmitted and reflected

waves through wall type structures using energy concepts and wave diffraction diagrams.

● Perform physical and numerical modeling in coastal Engineering

Textbooks:

1. Kamphuis, J.W., Introduction to coastal engineering and management, 2000.

2. Dean, R.G. and Dalrymple, R.A., Water wave mechanics for Engineers and Scientists, Prentice-Hall,

Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1994

References:

1. Ippen, A.T., Estuary and Coastline Hydrodynamics, McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc., New York, 1978.

2. Sorenson, R.M., Basic Coastal Engineering, A Wiley-Interscience Publication, New York, 1978.

3. Richard Sylvester, “Coastal Engineering, Volume I and II”, Elsevier Scientific Publishing Co., 1999.

Standards:

1. Coastal Engineering Manual, Vol. I-VI, Coastal Engineering Research Centre, Dept. of the Army, US Army

Corps of Engineers, Washington DC, 2006

Page 99: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

99

CE18007 CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To outline the properties of concrete making materials, tests and mix design for concrete.

● To introduce the use of special concretes

● To give an idea about the behaviour of concrete under different loading conditions.

UNIT I CONSTITUENT MATERIALS 9

Cement-Different types-Chemical composition and Properties -Tests on cement-IS Specifications- Fine aggregate

(sand and m sand), coarse aggregates -Classification - Mechanical properties and tests as per BIS Grading

requirements-Water- Quality of water for use in concrete

UNIT II CHEMICAL AND MINERAL ADMIXTURES 9

Accelerators-Retarders- Plasticisers- Super plasticizers- Water proofers - Mineral Admixtures like Fly Ash, Silica

Fume, Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag and Metakaoline -Their effects on concrete properties

UNIT III PROPORTIONING OF CONCRETE MIX 9

Principles of Mix Proportioning-Properties of concrete related to Mix Design-Physical properties of materials

required for Mix Design - Design Mix and Nominal Mix-BIS Method of Mix Design – ACI method of mix design

- Mix Design Examples.

UNIT IV FRESH AND HARDENED PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE 9

Workability-Tests for workability of concrete-Slump Test and Compacting factor Test - Segregation and Bleeding-

Determination of Compressive and Flexural strength as per BIS - Properties of Hardened concrete-Determination

of Compressive and Flexural strength-Stress strain curve for concrete-Determination of Young’s Modulus-NDT

Techniques – Rebound Hammer and Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity Test.

UNIT V SPECIAL CONCRETES 9

Light weight concretes - Self Compacting Concrete - High strength concrete - Fibre reinforced concrete –

Ferrocement – Ready mix concrete - SIFCON-Shotcrete – Polymer concrete - High performance concrete-

Geopolymer Concrete

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Describe the various constituent materials used in concrete and their functions

● Design concrete mixes using BIS and ACI Codes.

● Determine the properties of fresh and hardened concrete.

● Explain the effects of chemical and mineral admixtures on the properties of concrete.

● Select the suitable special concretes for different practical situations.

Textbooks:

1. Shetty,M.S, "Concrete Technology", S.Chand and Company Ltd, New Delhi, Seventh Revised edition 2013,

Reprint 2015

2. Santhakumar,A.R; "Concrete Technology" , Oxford University Press, New Delhi, Second edition 2018.

References:

1. Gupta.B.L., Amit Gupta, "Concrete Technology", Jain Book Agency, 2010.

2. Neville, A.M; "Properties of Concrete", Pitman Publishing Limited, London, Fifth edition 2011

3. Gambir, M.L; "Concrete Technology", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co Ltd, New Delhi, Third

Edition, Eleventh Reprint 2008

4. IS10262:2009 - Recommended Guidelines for Concrete Mix Design, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi

5. ACI : 211.1-91, (reapproved 2002) - Standard Practice for selecting proportions for normal,

heavyweight, and mass concrete : American Concrete Institute

Page 100: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

100

GE18053 DISASTER MANAGEMENT L T P C

(Common to CH, CE & MR) 3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To develop skills in various stages of disaster preparedness, mitigation and management.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO DISASTERS 9

Concepts, and definitions (Disaster, Hazard, Vulnerability, Resilience, Risks). Classification, Causes, Impacts

(including social, economic, political, environmental, health, psychosocial, etc. ), Differential impacts- in terms of

caste, class, gender, age, location, disability, Global trends in disasters, urban disasters, pandemics, complex

emergencies, Climate Change- Dos And Don’ts During Various Types Of Disasters.

UNIT II APPROACHES TO DISASTER RISK REDUCTION (DRR) 10

Disaster Risk Reduction Strategies, Disaster Cycle, Phases of Disaster, Preparedness Plans, Action Plans and

Procedures, Early warning Systems, Models in disaster preparedness, Components of Disaster Relief-(Water, food,

sanitation, shelter, Health and Waste Management), Community based DRR, Structural non structural measures in

DRR, Factors affecting Vulnerabilities, , Mainstreaming disaster risk reduction in development, Undertaking risk

and vulnerability assessments, Policies for Disaster Preparedness Programs, Preparedness Planning, Roles and

Responsibilities, Public Awareness and Warnings, Rehabilitation measures and long term reconstruction.

UNIT III INTER-RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN DISASTERS AND

DEVELOPMENT

9

Factors affecting Vulnerabilities, differential impacts, impact of Development projects such as dams, embankments,

changes in Land-use etc.- Climate Change Adaptation- IPCC Scenario and Scenarios in the context of India –

Relevance of indigenous knowledge, appropriate technology and local resources.

UNIT IV DISASTER MANAGEMENT MECHANISM 9

Hazard and Vulnerability profile of India, Components of Disaster Relief: Water, Food, Sanitation, Shelter,

Health,Waste Management, Institutional arrangements (Mitigation, Response and Preparedness, Disaster

Management Act and Policy – Other related policies, plans, programmes and legislation – Role of GIS and

Information Technology Components in Preparedness, Risk Assessment, Response and Recovery Phases of

Disaster – Disaster Damage Assessment.

UNIT V DISASTER MANAGEMENT: APPLICATIONS AND CASE

STUDIES AND FIELD WORKS

8

Cases Studies : Bhopal Gas Disaster, Gujarat Earth Quake, Orissa Super-cyclone, South India Tsunami, Bihar

floods, Plague Surat, Landslide in North East, Heat waves of AP & Orissa, Cold waves in UP. Bengal famine, best

practices in disaster management, Local Knowledge Appropriate Technology and local Responses, Development

projects in India (dams, SEZ) and their impacts.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Differentiate the types of disasters, causes and their impact on environment and society

● Analyze and evaluate the measures adopted to mitigate the impacts.

● Develop skills in various stages of disaster preparedness, mitigation and management.

● Learn about organizational and Administrative strategies for managing disasters.

● Learn methodologies for disaster risk assessment with the help of latest tools like GPS, GIS, Remote sensing,

information technologies, etc.

Textbooks:

1. Singhal J.P. “Disaster Management”, Laxmi Publications, 2010. ISBN-10: 9380386427 ISBN-13: 978-

9380386423

2. Disaster Management by Dr. Mrinalini Pandey , Published by Wiley India, 2014 ISBN 10: 8126549246 / ISBN

13: 9788126549245

Page 101: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

101

References:

1. Govt. of India: Disaster Management Act , Government of India, New Delhi, 2005.

2. Government of India, National Disaster Management Policy, 2009.

3. National Disaster Management Plan, Ministry of Home affairs, Government of

India (http://www.ndma.gov.in/images/policyplan/dmplan/draftndmp.pdf).

4. Tushar Bhattacharya, “Disaster Science and Management”, McGraw Hill India Education Pvt. Ltd., 2012.

ISBN-10:1259007367, ISBN-13:978-1259007361]

5. Natural Hazards and Disaster Management: Vulnerability and Mitigation ,R.B. Singh, ISBN:

8131600335, 2006.

6. Carter, N,W. Disaster Management: A Disaster Manager’s Hand Book, Asian Development Bank, Manila.

1992

Page 102: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

102

CE18009 GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● Students will be exposed to various problems associated with soil deposits and methods to evaluate them. The

different techniques will be taught to them to improve the characteristics of difficult soils as well as design

techniques required to implement various ground improvement methods.

UNIT I PROBLEMATIC SOIL AND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES 8

Role of ground improvement in foundation engineering – Methods of ground improvement – Geotechnical problems

in alluvial, lateritic and black cotton soils – collapsible soil - Selection of suitable ground improvement techniques

based on soil conditions.

UNIT II DEWATERING 10

Dewatering Techniques - Well points – Vacuum and electroosmotic methods – Seepage analysis for two

dimensional flow for fully and partially penetrated slots in homogeneous deposits – Design for simple cases.

UNIT III INSITU TREATMENT OF COHESIONLESS AND COHESIVE

SOILS

10

Insitu densification of cohesionless soils - Dynamic compaction - Vibroflotation, Sand compaction piles and deep

compaction. Consolidation of cohesionless soils - Preloading with sand drains, and fabric drains, Stabilization of

soft clay ground using stone columns and Lime piles-Installation techniques – Simple design - Relative merits of

above methods and their limitations. Separation, road works and containment applications.

UNIT IV EARTH REINFORCEMENT 9

Concept of reinforcement – Types of reinforcement material – Reinforced earth wall – Mechanism – Simple design

- Applications of reinforced earth; Functions of Geotextiles in filtration, drainage, separation, road works and

containment applications.

UNIT V GROUTING TECHNIQUES 8

Types of grouts – Grouting equipments and machinery – Injection methods – Grout monitoring Stabilization with

cement, lime and chemicals – Stabilization of expansive soil.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Identify various problems associated with soil deposits, formulate and methods to evaluate them.

● Demonstrate an ability to design a dewatering system, component or process as per needs and specifications.

● Describe the concept involved for insitu treatment of cohesive and cohesionless soils and ability required to

design an appropriate techniques to implement ground improvement methods.

● Design the soil reinforcement and its uses in various engineering structure. Also, graduate will demonstrate an

ability to design reinforced earth retaining structure.

● Demonstrate an ability to design retaining walls, its component or process as per the needs and specifications.

Textbooks:

1. Purushothama Raj. P, “Ground Improvement Techniques”, Firewall Media, 2005.

2. Koerner, R.M. “Construction and Geotechnical Methods in Foundation Engineering”, McGraw Hill, 1994.

References:

1. Bikash Chandra chattopadhyay and Joyanta Maity, “ Ground Improvement Techniques”, PHI Learning Pvt.

Ltd., 2017.

2. Moseley, M.P., “Ground Improvement Blockie Academic and Professional”, Chapman and Hall, Glasgow,

Page 103: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

103

2004.

3. Winterkorn, H.F. and Fang, H.Y. “Foundation Engineering Hand Book”. Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1994.

4. Koerner, R.M., “Designing with Geosynthetics” (Fourth Edition), Prentice Hall, Jersey, 2012.

5. Mittal.S, “An Introduction to Ground Improvement Engineering”, Medtech Publisher, 2013.

6. Jones J.E.P. “Earth Reinforcement and Soil Structure”, Butterworths, London, 1985.

Page 104: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

104

CE18011 DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE & BRICK

MASONRY STRUCTURES L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To give an exposure to the design of retaining wall, tanks, staircases, walls and brick masonry structures and

to introduce yield line theory.

UNIT I RETAINING WALLS 9

Design of Cantilever and Counterfort Retaining walls

UNIT II WATER TANKS 9

Design of rectangular and circular water tanks both below and above ground level - Design of circular slab.

UNIT III SELECTED TOPICS 9

Design of staircases (ordinary and doglegged) – Design of flat slabs – Principles of design of mat foundation, box

culvert and road bridges

UNIT IV YIELD LINE THEORY 9

Assumptions - Characteristics of yield line - Determination of collapse load / plastic moment - Application of virtual

work method - square, rectangular, circular and triangular slabs - Design problems

UNIT V BRICK MASONRY 9

Introduction, Classification of walls, Lateral supports and stability, effective height of wall and columns, effective

length of walls, design loads, load dispersion, permissible stresses, design of axially and eccentrically loaded brick

walls

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Design different types of Retaining wall

● Design different types of Water tank

● Design staircases, flat slabs and also understand the design principles of bridge deck and mat foundation.

● Analyse any type of slabs in any given structures.

● Analyse and design any type of brick masonry structure

Textbooks:

1. Gambhir.M.L., "Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures", Prentice Hall of India Private Limited, 2012.

2. Dayaratnam, P., “Brick and Reinforced Brick Structures”, Oxford & IBH Publishing House, 1997

References:

1. Punmia B.C, Ashok Kumar Jain, Arun K.Jain, "R.C.C. Designs Reinforced Concrete Structures", Laxmi

Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.

2. Subramanian. N., "Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures", Oxford University, New Delhi, 2013.

3. Mallick, D.K. and Gupta A.P., “Reinforced Concrete”, Oxford and IBH Publishing Company,1997

4. IS456:2000, Code of practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete, Bureau of Indian

5. Standards, New Delhi, 2007

Page 105: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

105

CE18013 PAVEMENT ENGINEERING L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● Student gains knowledge on latest I.R.C. guidelines for designing Rigid and Flexible Pavements.

Student will be in a position to assess quality and serviceability conditions of roads.

UNIT I TYPE OF PAVEMENT AND STRESS DISTRIBUTION LAYERED

SYSTEM

9

Introduction – Pavement as a layered structure – Pavement types Rigid and Flexible. Resilient Modulus – Stresses

and deflections in pavement under repeated loading.

UNIT II DESIGN OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT 9

Factors influencing design of flexible pavement, Empirical – Test on Pavement Materials (recap) – Mechanistic-

Empirical and Theoretical methods – Design procedure as per latest I.R.C. guidelines – Design and specification of

rural roads.

UNIT III DESIGN OF RIGID PAVEMENT 9

Factors influencing CC pavements – Modified Westergaard’s approach – Design procedure as per latest I.R.C.

guidelines – Concrete roads and their scope in India.

UNIT IV PERFORMANCE EVALUATION AND MAINTENANCE 9

Pavement Evaluation – Causes of distress in Rigid and Flexible pavements – Evaluation based on Surface

Appearance, Cracks, Patches and Pot Holes, Undulations, Raveling, Roughness, Skid Resistance. Structural

Evaluation by Pavement Deflection measurements – Pavement Serviceability Index – Pavement Maintenance

(I.R.C. recommendations only).

UNIT V STABILIZATION OF SOIL FOR PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION 9

Stabilization with special reference to highway pavements – Choice of stabilizers – Testing and field control –

Stabilization for rural roads in India – Use of Geo-synthetics in roads

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Differentiate stress distributions in flexible and rigid pavements

● Design flexible pavements

● Design rigid pavements

● Describe causes of distresses in flexible and rigid pavements

● Identify soil stabilization techniques for pavements, testing and field control

Textbooks:

1. Veeraragavan.A, Khanna.K and Justo C.E.G. Highway Engineering, Nem Chand and Brothers Publishers, 2016

(10th edition).

2. Kadiyali, L.R., Principles and Practice of Highway Engineering, Khanna tech. Publication, New Delhi, 2005.

References:

1. Yoder, R.J. and Witcak M.W. “Principles of Pavement Design”, John-Wiley, 2000.

2. Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements, IRC:37-2018, The Indian Road Congress.

3. Guidelines for the Design of Rigid Pavements, IRC:58-2011, The Indian Road Congress..

Page 106: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

106

CE18015 PREFABRICATED STRUCTURES L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To impart knowledge to students on modular construction, industrialised construction and design of

prefabricated elements and construction methods.

UNIT I BASICS OF PREFABRICATED STRUCTURES 9

Need for prefabrication – Principles – Materials – Modular coordination – Standarization – Systems – Production

– Transportation – Erection.

UNIT II PREFABRICATED COMPONENTS 9

Behaviour of structural components – Large panel constructions – Construction of roof and floor slabs – Wall panels

– Columns – Shear walls

UNIT III DESIGN PRINCIPLES 9

Disuniting of structures- Design of cross section based on efficiency of material used – Problems in design because

of joint flexibility – Allowance for joint deformation.

UNIT IV JOINT IN STRUCTURAL MEMBERS 9

Joints for different structural connections – Dimensions and detailing – Design of expansion joints

UNIT V DESIGN FOR ABNORMAL LOADS 9

Progressive collapse – Code provisions – Equivalent design loads for considering abnormal effects such as

earthquakes, cyclones, etc., - Importance of avoidance of progressive collapse.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Understand the concept of prefabrication principles and process

● Describe the analysis and construction of prefabricated components

● Apply the design principles

● Design the joints in structures

● Design for various loads

Textbooks:

1. CBRI, Building materials and components, India, 1990

2. Gerostiza C.Z., Hendrikson C. and Rehat D.R., "Knowledge based process planning for construction and

manufacturing", Academic Press Inc., 1994

References:

1. Koncz T., "Manual of precast concrete construction", Vol. I, II and III, Bauverlag, GMBH, 1976.

2. "Structural design manual", Precast concrete connection details, Society for the studies in the use of precast

concrete, Netherland Betor Verlag, 2009

Page 107: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

107

CE18017 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To impart the knowledge and skills to identify, assess and mitigate the environmental and social impacts of

developmental projects

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF EIA 9

Impacts of Development on Environment – Rio Principles of Sustainable Development- Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) – Objectives – Historical development – EIA Types – EIA in project cycle –EIA Notification

and Legal Framework–Stakeholders and their Role in EIA– Selection & Registration Criteria for EIA Consultants

UNIT II ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT 9

Screening and Scoping in EIA – Drafting of Terms of Reference,Baseline monitoring, Prediction and Assessment

of Impact on land, water, air, noise and energy, flora and fauna - Matrices – Networks – Checklist Methods -

Mathematical models for Impact prediction – Analysis of alternatives

UNIT III ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 9

Plan for mitigation of adverse impact on water, air and land, water, energy, flora and fauna – Environmental

Monitoring Plan – EIA Report Preparation – Review of EIA Reports – Public Hearing-Environmental Clearance

Post Project Monitoring

UNIT IV SOCIO ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT 9

Baseline monitoring of Socio economic environment – Identification of Project Affected Personal – Rehabilitation

and Resettlement Plan- Economic valuation of Environmental impacts – Cost benefit Analysis

UNIT V CASE STUDIES 7

EIA case studies pertaining to Infrastructure Projects – Real Estate Development - Roads and Bridges – Mass Rapid

Transport Systems - Ports and Harbor – Airports - Dams and Irrigation projects - Power plants – CETPs- Waste

Processing and Disposal facilities – Mining Projects.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Summarise the fundamentals of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

● Describe the principles of environmental assessment

● Prepare the mitigation plan, EIA report

● Describe the principles of socio economic assessment

● Analyse the case studies related to EIA

Textbooks:

1. Canter, R.L, “Environmental impact Assessment “, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Inc, New Delhi,1995.

2. Lohani, B., J.W. Evans, H. Ludwig, R.R. Everitt, Richard A. Carpenter, and S.L. Tu, “Environmental Impact

Assessment for Developing Countries in Asia”, Volume 1 – Overview, Asian Development Bank,1997.

3. Peter Morris, Riki Therivel “Methods of Environmental Impact Assessment”, Routledge Publishers,2009.

References:

1. Becker H. A., Frank Vanclay,“The International handbook of social impact assessment” conceptual and

methodological advances, Edward Elgar Publishing, 2003.

2. Barry Sadler and Mary McCabe, “Environmental Impact Assessment Training Resource Manual”, United

Nations Environment Programme, 2002.

3. Judith Petts, “Handbook of Environmental Impact Assessment Vol. I and II”, Blackwell Science New York,

2009

4. Ministry of Environment and Forests EIA Notification and Sectoral Guides, Government of India, New Delhi,

2010.

Page 108: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

108

CE18019 EARTH PRESSURE AND EARTH RETAINING

STRUCTURES L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● At the end of this course, students are expected to analyse and design rigid, flexible earth retaining structures,

slurry supported trenches and deep cuts.

UNIT I EARTH PRESSURE THEORIES 9

Introduction – State of stress in retained soil mass – Earth pressure theories – Classical and graphical techniques –

Active and passive cases – Earth pressure due to external loads, empirical methods. Wall movement and complex

geometry

UNIT II COMPACTION, DRAINAGE AND STABILITY OF RETAINING

STRUCTURES

9

Retaining structure – Selection of soil parameters - Lateral pressure due to compaction, strain softening, wall

flexibility, drainage arrangements and its influence. – Stability analysis of retaining structure both for regular and

earthquake forces.

UNIT III SHEET PILE WALLS 9

Types of sheet piles - Analysis and design of cantilever and anchored sheet pile walls – free earth support method –

fixed earth support method. Design of anchor systems - isolated and continuous.

UNIT IV SUPPORTED EXCAVATIONS 9

Lateral pressure on sheeting in braced excavation, stability against piping and bottom heaving. Earth pressure around

tunnel lining, shaft and silos – Soil anchors – Soil pinning –Basic design concepts.

UNIT V DESIGN OF REINFORCED EARTH RETAINING WALL 9

Reinforced earth retaining wall – principles, Concepts and mechanism of reinforced Earth – Design consideration

of reinforced earth – Materials used in reinforced earth - Geotextile – Geogrids, Metal strips, facing elements.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Describe basic knowledge of concepts of different earth pressures theories.

● Summarise the principles to check the satiability of retaining structures considering the compaction and

drainage

● Explain the different types of sheet piles and able to design it considering all criteria’s.

● Describe the concepts of stability of supported excavations and recommend the possible solution.

● Design the reinforced earth retaining wall and able to suggest the reinforced materials based on requirement.

Textbooks:

1. Das, B.M., "Principles of Geotechnical Engineering", 4th Edition, The PWS series in Civil Engineering, 1998.

2. Clayton, C.R.I., Militisky, J. and Woods, R.I., Earth pressure and Earth-Retaining structures, 2nd Edition,

Survey University Press, 1993.

References:

1. Militisky, J. and Woods, R., "Earth and Earth retaining structures", Routledge,1992.

2. Winterkorn, H.F. and Fang, H.Y., "Foundation Engineering Handbook", Galgotia Book- source, 2000.

3. Rowe, R.K., "Geotechnical and Geoenvironmental Engineering Handbook", Kluwer Academic Publishers,

2001.

4. M., "Design with Geosynthetics", 3 rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 1997.

5. Day, R.W., "Geotechnical and Foundation Engineering: Design and Construction", McGraw Hill, 1999.

6. Mandal, J.N., “Reinforced Soil and Geotextiles”, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1993.

7. McCarthy, D.F., "Essentials of Soil Mechanics and Foundations: Basic Geotechnics", 6th Edition, Prentice

Hall, 2002.

Page 109: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

109

CE18021 REPAIR AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To provide knowledge on quality of concrete and durability aspects.

● To give an overview on causes of deterioration, assessment of distressed structures and repairing of structures.

● To teach the concepts of demolition techniques.

UNIT I MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR STRATEGIES 9

Maintenance, Repair and Rehabilitation, Facets of Maintenance, importance of Maintenance, Various aspects of

Inspection, Assessment procedure for evaluating a damaged structure, causes of deterioration.

UNIT II STRENGTH AND DURABILITY OF CONCERTE 9

Quality assurance for concrete – Strength, Durability and Thermal properties, of concrete - Cracks, different types,

causes – Effects due to climate, temperature, Sustained elevated temperature, Corrosion - Effects of cover thickness.

UNIT III SPECIAL CONCRETES 9

Polymer concrete, Sulphur infiltrated concrete, Fibre reinforced concrete, High strength concrete, High performance

concrete, Vacuum concrete, Self compacting concrete, Geopolymer concrete, Reactive powder concrete, Concrete

made with industrial wastes

UNIT IV TECHNIQUES FOR REPAIR AND PROTECTION METHODS 9

Non-destructive Testing Techniques, Epoxy injection, Shoring, Underpinning, Corrosion protection techniques –

Corrosion inhibitors, Corrosion resistant steels, Coatings to reinforcement, cathodic protection

UNIT V REPAIR, REHABILITATION AND RETROFITTING OF

STRUCTURES

9

Strengthening of Structural elements, Repair of structures distressed due to corrosion, fire, Leakage, earthquake –

DEMOLITION TECHNIQUES - Engineered demolition methods – Case studies

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Illustrate the assessment of damages in the structures and its causes.

● Describe the effects of climate, temperature and cover thickness on the strength and durabilty properties of

concrete.

● Identify the suitable types of special concretes for repair

● Identify the techniques for repair and protection methods

● Differentiate the repair, rehabilitation and retrofitting of structures and demolition techniques.

Textbooks:

1. Allen R.T. & Edwards S.C, Repair of Concrete Structures, Blakie and Sons, UK, 1993

2. Denison Campbell, Allen and Harold Roper, “Concrete Structures, Materials, Maintenance and Repair”,

Longman Scientific and Technical UK, 1991

References:

1. Shetty.M.S., Concrete Technology - Theory and Practice, S.Chand and Company, Seventh Revised edition

2013, Reprint 2015.

2. Dov Kominetzky.M.S., - Design and Construction Failures, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2001

3. Ravishankar.K., Krishnamoorthy.T.S, Structural Health Monitoring, Repair and Rehabilitation of Concrete

Structures, Allied Publishers, 2004.

Standards: 1. Hand book on Seismic Retrofit of Buildings, CPWD and Indian Buildings Congress, Narosa Publishers, 2008

Page 110: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

110

CE18023 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRUCTURES L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To introduce the need for prestressing as well as the methods, types and advantages of prestressing to the

students. Students will be introduced to the design of prestressed concrete structures subjected to flexure and

shear.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION – THEORY AND BEHAVIOUR 9

Basic concepts – Advantages – Materials required – Systems and methods of prestressing – Analysis of sections –

Stress concept – Strength concept – Load balancing concept – Effect of loading on the tensile stresses in tendons –

Effect of tendon profile on deflections – Factors influencing deflections – Calculation of deflections – Short term

and long term deflections - Losses of prestress – Estimation of crack width.

UNIT II DESIGN FOR FLEXURE AND SHEAR 9

Basic assumptions for calculating flexural stresses – Permissible stresses in steel and concrete as per I.S.1343 Code

– Design of sections of Type I and Type II post-tensioned and pre-tensioned beams – Check for strength limit based

on I.S. 1343 Code – Layout of cables in post-tensioned beams – Location of wires in pre-tensioned beams – Design

for shear based on I.S. 1343 Code.

UNIT III DEFLECTION AND DESIGN OF ANCHORAGE ZONE 9

Factors influencing deflections – Short term deflections of uncracked members – Prediction of long term deflections

due to creep and shrinkage – Check for serviceability limit state of deflection. Determination of anchorage zone

stresses in post-tensioned beams by Magnel‟s method, Guyon‟s method and IS1343 code – design of anchorage

zone reinforcement – Check for transfer bond length in pre-tensioned beams

UNIT IV COMPOSITE BEAMS AND CONTINUOUS BEAMS 9

Analysis and design of composite beams – Methods of achieving continuity in continuous beams – Analysis for

secondary moments – Concordant cable and linear transformation – Calculation of stresses – Principles of design.

UNIT V MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES 9

Design of tension and compression members – Tanks, pipes and poles – Partial prestressing – Definition, methods

of achieving partial prestressing, merits and demerits of partial prestressing

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Compute the stresses and assess the losses of prestressed member.

● Design a prestressed member for flexure and shear based on IS code.

● Calculate short term and long term deflection and to design an anchorage zone.

● Analyse and design composite and continuous beams

● Design prestressed concrete structures such as tanks, pipes, poles, tension and compression members.

Textbooks:

1. Krishna Raju N., Prestressed concrete, Tata McGraw Hill Company, fifth edition, 2012.

2. Pandit.G.S. And Gupta.S.P. Prestressed Concrete, CBS Publishers and Distributers Pvt. Ltd., Second edition,

2014.

References:

1. Lin T.Y. and Ned.H.Burns, Design of prestressed Concrete Structures, John Wiley and Sons, Third Edition,

1981.

2. Rajagopalan.N, Prestressed Concrete, Narosa Publishing House, 2002.

3. Dayaratnam.P., Sarah P, Prestressed Concrete Structures, Seventh Edition, Oxford and IBH, 2017.

4. Sinha.N.C. And Roy.S.K. Fundamentals of Prestressed Concrete, S.Chand and Co. Ltd., 2011.

Page 111: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

111

CE18025 SAFETY IN CIVIL ENGINEERING PRACTICES L T P C

3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:

To impart knowledge on the principle and design of safety practices

UNIT I PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS 9

Planning and scheduling , Housekeeping and on-site safety , Basic checklist , Asbestos removal Electrical power

lines, Overhead high-voltage electricity Overhead low-voltage electricity, Underground electrical hazards.

UNIT II CONSTRUCTION 9

Basic personal protective equipment and clothing -Foot protection ,Head protection Hearing protection- Trenches

and excavations- General requirements, Sloping and shoring requirements Additional excavation requirements.

UNIT III FORMWORK AND POURING 9

Formwork , Concrete pouring and pumping - General framing - Guardrails and floor openings, Floor and roof

openings, Lifting walls, Fall protection, Selecting fall protection Planning for fall protection on your project Fall

protection plan

UNIT IV TRUSSES AND ROOF WORK 9

Trusses- Instruction for truss installers , Truss erection Roof work -Roof jacks and toe-holds(slide guards) Scaffolds

Guardrails for scaffolds Toe boards for scaffolds -Wood scaffold erection guidelines -Design and erection

requirements for job-constructed wood scaffolds Scaffold planks -Other types of scaffolds ,Ladder-jack scaffolds

Trestle scaffolds ,Shore and lean-to scaffolds - Rolling scaffolds

UNIT V EQUIPMENT SAFETY 9

Ladders Requirements for safe ladder use, Job-built ladders, Stepladders. Safe Work Practices for House

Construction, Electrical power tools and cords Safe work procedures ,Hand tool ergonomics Factors affecting tool

use ,Reducing risk of injury Compressed air for cleaning Pneumatic nailing and stapling equipment, Safe work

procedures, Power tools—saws, Basic safety Kickback, Construction site hazards

TOTAL PERIODS :45

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Plan a safe working environment in on site considering the basic checklist and hazards.

Adopt basic protective measures in the site.

Recognize the hazards during the concreting period.

Identify the types of hazards during scaffolding, roof and truss construction.

Plan a safe working environment in construction by implementing safety procedures for electrical

equipment, overhead electricity lines, demolition and many more important aspects of safety.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Jimmy W. Hinze, Construction Safety, Prentice Hall Inc., 1997

2. Richard J. Coble, Jimmie Hinze and Theo C. Haupt, Construction Safety and Health Management, Prentice

Hall Inc., 2001.

REFERENCES:

1. Hand Book on Construction Safety Practices, SP:70, BIS, 2001.

2. S.K. Bhattacharjee, Safety Management in Construction (Principles and Practice) Khanna Publishers

Page 112: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

112

CE18027 FORMWORK DESIGN L T P C

3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:

To impart knowledge on common form work and special form works, and design of form work with

different materials for various structural elements.

UNIT I OVERVIEW ON FORMWORK 9

General objectives of formwork building - Development of a Basic System - Key Areas of cost reduction -

Requirements and Selection of Formwork.

UNIT II FORMWORK MATERIALS AND TYPES 9

Timber, Plywood, Steel, Aluminium, Plastic, and Accessories. Horizontal and Vertical Formwork Supports.

Flying Formwork, Table Form, Tunnel Form, Slip Form, Formwork for Precast Concrete

UNIT III DESIGN OF FORMWORK 9

Concepts, Formwork Systems and Design for Foundations, Walls, Columns, Slab and Beams.

UNIT IV FORMWORK DESIGN FOR SPECIAL STRUCTURES 9

Shells, Domes, Folded Plates, Overhead Water Tanks, Natural Draft Cooling Tower, Bridges

UNIT V FORMWORK FAILURES 9

Formwork Management Issues – Pre- and Post-Award. Formwork Failures: Causes and Case studies in Formwork

Failure, Formwork Issues in Multi story Building Construction.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Illustrate the various types of formwork and describe the selection process.

Identify the appropriate formwork materials and types.

Design the formwork.

Adopt the design principles for formwork design of special structures.

Identify the formwork failures and issues.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Jha, K.N., Formwork for Concrete Structures, First Edition, McGraw Hill. 2012

2. Austin, C.K., Formwork for concrete, Cleaver - Hume Press Ltd., London, 1996

REFERENCES:

1. Michael P. Hurst, Construction Press, London and New York., 2003

2. Robert L. Peurifoy and Garold D. Oberiender, Formwork for Concrete Structures, McGrawHill, 1996.

3. Tudor Dinescu and Constantin Radulescu, Slip Form Techniques, Abacus Press, Turn Bridge Wells, Kent,

2004.

Page 113: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

113

CE18029 INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS L

3

T

0

P

0

C

3

OBJECTIVES:

To develop an understanding of system engineering processes

To describe the concepts of system architecture and their evolution

Understand the capability of key technologies

Understand impact of technology on different modes and movement

Understand how to evaluate technologies, applications and services

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF ITS 9

Definition of Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS), the historical context of ITS from both public policy and

market economic perspectives, Types of ITS; Historical Background, Benefits of ITS.

UNIT II SENSOR TECHNOLOGIES AND DATA REQUIREMENTS OF ITS 9

Importance of telecommunications in the ITS. Information Management, Traffic Management Centers

(TMC).Application of sensors to Traffic management; Traffic flow sensor technologies; Transponders and

Communication systems; Data fusion at traffic management centers; Sensor plan and specification requirements;

Elements of Vehicle Location and Route Navigation and Guidance concepts; ITS Data collection techniques –

Detectors, Automatic Vehicle Location (AVL), Automatic Vehicle Identification (AVI), GIS, video data collection..

UNIT III ITS USER NEEDS AND SERVICES AND FUNCTIONAL AREAS 9

Introduction, Advanced Traffic Management systems (ATMS), Advanced Traveler Information systems (ATIS),

Commercial Vehicle Operations (CVO), Advanced Vehicle Control systems (AVCS), Advanced Public

Transportation systems (APTS), Advanced Rural Transportation systems (ARTS).

UNIT IV ITS ARCHITECTURE 9

Regional and Project ITS architecture; Concept of operations; ITS Models and Evaluation Methods; Planning and

human factor issues for ITS, Case studies on deployment planning and system design and operation; ITS and safety,

ITS and security, ITS as a technology deployment program, research, development and business models, ITS

planning.

UNIT V ITS APPLICATIONS 9

Traffic and incident management systems; ITS and sustainable mobility, travel demand management, electronic toll

collection, ITS and road-pricing.; Transportation network operations; commercial vehicle operations and intermodal

freight; public transportation applications; ITS and regional strategic transportation planning, including regional

architectures: ITS and changing transportation institutions Automated Highway Systems- Vehicles in Platoons –

Integration of Automated Highway Systems. ITS Programs in the World – Overview of ITS implementations in

developed countries, ITS in developing countries.

TOTAL PERIODS: 45

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Describe the fundamental concepts of Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS)

Enumerate the different sensor technologies and data requirements of ITS

Differentiate different ITS user services and functional areas

Describe the ITS architecture

Summarise the applications of ITS

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of intelligent transportation systems planning By Mashrur A. Chowdhury, Adel Wadid Sadek

2. Lawrence A. Klein, Sensor technologies and Data requirements of ITS

REFERENCES:

1. ITS Hand Book 2000: Recommendations for World Road Association (PIARC) by Kan Paul Chen, John

Miles.

2. Sussman, J. M., Perspective on ITS, Artech House Publishers, 2005.

3. National ITS Architecture Documentation, US Department of Transportation, 2007

4. Joseph S. Sussman, Perspectives on Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS), Springer (USA), 2005.

Page 114: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

114

CE18031 URBAN PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT L

3

T

0

P

0

C

3

OBJECTIVES:

To enable students to have the knowledge on planning process.

To introduce to the students about the regulations and laws related to Urban Planning.

To provide the concepts of planning and design of urban development projects.

UNIT I BASIC ISSUES 9

Definition of Human settlement, Urban area, Town, City, Urbanisation, Suburbanisation, Urban sprawl, Peri-urban

areas, Central Business District (CBD), Classification of urban areas – Trend of Urbanisation at International,

National, Regional and State level.

UNIT II PLANNING PROCESS 9

Principles of Planning – Types and Level of Plan, Stages in Planning Process – Goals, Objectives, Delineation of

Planning Areas, Surveys and Questionnaire Design.

UNIT III DEVELOPMENT PLANS, PLAN FORMULATION AND EVALUATION 9

Scope and Content of Regional Plan, Master Plan, Detailed Development Plan, Development Control Rules,

Transfer of Development Rights , Special Economic Zones.

UNIT IV PLANNING AND DESIGN OF URBAN DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS 9

Site Analysis, Layout Design, Planning Standards, Project Formulation – Evaluation, Plan Implementation,

Constraints and Implementation, Financing of Urban Development Projects.

UNIT V LEGISLATION, DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF URBAN SYSTEM 9

Town and Country Planning Act, Land Acquisition and Resettlement Act etc., Urban Planning Standards and

Regulations, Involvement of Public, Private, NGO, CBO and Beneficiaries

TOTAL PERIODS: 45

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Classify urban areas for planning and development

Explain the content of Regional plan, Master plan etc on basis of development control rules

Design questionnaire for urban planning surveys

Plan and prepare lay out for urban development projects

Describe the various town and country planning acts

TEXT BOOKS

1. Meera Mehta and Dinesh Mehta, Metropolitan Housing Markets, Sage Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,

1999.

2. Francis Cherunilam and Odeyar D Heggade, Housing in India, Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay, 1997.

REFERENCES:

1. Chennai Metropolitan Development Authority, Second Master Plan for Chennai, Government of Tamil

Nadu, Chennai, 2008

2. Tamil Nadu Town and Country Planning Act 1971, Government of Tamil Nadu, Chennai

3. Goel S.L., Urban Development and Management, Deep and Deep Publications, New Delhi, 2002.

4. Thooyavan, K.R., Human Settlements – A Planning Guide to Beginners, M.A Publications, Chennai, 2005.

Page 115: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

115

CE18033 GEOSYNTHETICS DESIGN AND APPLICATIONS L T P C

3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:

To know the design and applications of geosynthetics

UNIT I OVERVIEW OF GEOSYNTHETICS AND GEOTEXTILES 9

An overview on the development and applications various geosynthetics - the geotextiles, geogrids, geonets,

geomembranes and geocomposites. Designing with geotextiles: Geotextile properties and test methods – functions

- Designing for separation, reinforcement, stabilization, filtration, drainage.

UNIT II GEOGRIDS 9

Geogrid properties and test methods – physical properties, mechanical properties, endurance properties and

environmental properties – Designing for grid reinforcement and bearing capacity.

UNIT III GEONETS 9

Geonet properties and test methods – Physical properties, mechanical properties, hydraulic properties, endurance

properties and environmental properties -Designing geonet for drainage.

UNIT IV GEOMEMBRANES 9

Geomembrane properties and test methods – physical properties, mechanical properties, chemical properties and

biological hazard - Applications for geomembranes.

UNIT V GEOCOMPOSITES 9

Geocomposites in separation, reinforcement – reinforced geotextile composites – reinforced geomembrane

composites – reinforced soil composites using discontinuous fibres and meshes, continuous fibres and three –

dimensional cells, geocomposites in drainage and filtration.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Describe the properties, test methods and applications of geotextiles

Describe the properties, test methods and applications of geogrids

Describe the properties, test methods and applications of geonets

Describe the properties, test methods and applications of geomembranes

Describe the properties, test methods and applications of geocomposites

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Sivakumar Babu G.L. “An Introduction to Soil Reinforcement and Geosynthetics” University Press, 2005.

2. Koerner, R.M. – “Designing with geosynthetics”, Pearson Education Inc., 2005.

REFERENCES:

3. Rao, G.V. – “Geosynthetics – an Introduction”, Sai Master Geoenvironmental Services Pvt. Ltd.

Hyderabad, 2011.

4. Shukla, “Fundamentals of Geosynthetic Engg. Imperial College Press, London, 2006.

Page 116: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

116

CE18035 DEEP FOUNDATION L T P C

3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:

To study about the principles and design of deep foundations.

UNIT I PILE CLASSIFICATIONS AND LOAD TRANSFER PRINCIPLE 9

Necessity of pile foundation – classification of piles – factors governing choice of type of pile – load transfer

mechanism – piling equipments and methods – effect of pile installation on soil condition – pile raft system – basic

interactive analysis - criteria for pile socketing – responsibility of engineer and contractor.

UNIT II AXIAL LOAD CAPACITY OF PILES AND PILE GROUPS 9

Allowable load of piles and pile groups – Static and dynamic methods – for cohesive and cohesionless soil – negative

skin friction – group efficiency – pile driving formulae – limitation – Wave equation application – evaluation of

axial load capacity from field test results – pile integrity test – Settlement of piles and pile group – IS codal

provisions and IRC guide lines.

UNIT III LATERAL AND UPLIFT LOAD CAPACITIES OF PILES 9

Piles under Lateral loads – Broms method, elastic, p-y curve analyses – Batter piles – response to moment – piles

under uplift loads – under reamed piles – Drilled shaft – Lateral and pull out load tests – piled-raft design philosophy

- IS codal provision – IRC and API guide lines – case studies.

UNIT IV STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF PILE AND PILE GROUPS 9

Structural design of pile – structural capacity – pile and pile cap connection – pile cap design – shape, depth,

assessment and amount of steel – truss and bending theory- Reinforcement details of pile and pile caps –– pile

subjected to vibration – IS codal provision – IRC guide line.

UNIT V CAISSONS 9

Necessity of caisson – type and shape - Stability of caissons – principles of analysis and design - tilting of caisson

– construction - seismic influences - IS codal provision.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Describe the importance of pile foundation and its various functions

Arrive the vertical load carrying capacity of pile and pile group

Arrive the lateral load carrying capacity of pile and pile group

Design the pile an pile caps considering all possible loads

Describe about the caisson foundation and its stability

TEXT BOOKS:

1 Varghese P.C.,” Foundation Engineering”, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2005.

2 Varghese P.C.,” Design of Reinforced Concrete Foundations”, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi,

2009.

REFERENCES:

1 Bowles, J.E., Foundation Analysis and Design, Fifth Edition, McGraw Hill, New York, 1996.

2 Donald, P., Coduto, Foundation Design Principles and Practices, Prentice Hall, Inc. Englewood Cliffs, New

Jersey, 1996.

3 Michael Tomlinson and John Woodward, Pile design and construction practice, Taylor & Francis Group,

London & New York, 2008.

4 Das, B.M., Principles of Foundation Engineering, Design and Construction, Fourth Edition, PWS Publishing,

1999

5 Poulos, H.G., Davis, E.H., Pile foundation analysis and design, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1980.

6 Tomlinson, M.J. Foundation engineering, ELBS, Longman Group, U.K. Ltd., England 1995.

Page 117: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

117

GE18051 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS L T P C

(Common to all Branches except BT) 3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To understand the process and need for protecting technology innovations through Intellectual Property Rights.

UNIT I TECHNOLOGICAL INNOVATIONS 10

The process of technological innovation - factors contributing to successful technological innovation - the need for

creativity and innovation - problem solving and creativity through brain storming - different techniques - Selection

criteria - screening ideas for new products - evaluation techniques. Protection of IP as a factor in R&D and few case

studies.

UNIT II INTRODUCTION TO IPR & RELATED AGREEMENTS AND

TREATIES

8

Types of IP: Patents, Trademarks, Copyright & Related Rights, Industrial Design, Traditional Knowledge,

Geographical Indications. History of GATT & TRIPS Agreement; Madrid Agreement; Hague Agreement; WIPO

Treaties; Budapest Treaty; PCT; Indian Patent Act 1970 & recent amendments.

UNIT III BASICS OF PATENTS AND CONCEPT OF PRIOR ART 10

Introduction to Patents; Types of patent applications: Ordinary, PCT, Conventional, Divisional and Patent of

Addition; Specifications: Provisional and complete; Forms and fees Invention in context of “prior art”; Patent

databases; Searching International Databases; Country-wise patent searches, USPTO, EPO, PATENT Scope

(WIPO), IPO, etc.)

UNIT IV PATENT FILING PROCEDURES 9

National & PCT filing procedure; Time frame and cost; Status of the patent applications filed; Precautions while

patenting – disclosure/non-disclosure; Financial assistance for patenting - introduction to existing schemes Patent

licensing and agreement Patent infringement- meaning, scope, litigation, case studies

UNIT V PATENT RIGTS AND NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN IPR 8

Scope of Patent Rights. Licensing and transfer of technology. Patent information and databases. Geographical

Indications. New Developments in IPR: Administration of Patent System.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Understand the process of problem solving through technological innovations.

● Selecting the appropriate IPR elements for protecting intellectual property.

● Understand the concept of prior art search and performing it.

● Understand the procedure for filing patent.

● Understand and apply the scope of patent rights for licensing and transfer of technology.

Textbooks:

1. Adair, J. “Effective Innovation”, 1st Ed., Macmillan Publishing, 2003

2. BAREACT, Indian Patent Act 1970 Acts & Rules, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 2007

3. Ramappa, T. “Intellectual Property Rights Under WTO”, S. Chand, 2008

References:

1. Nystrom, H. Creativity and Innovation, 2nd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1996.

2. Kankanala C., Genetic Patent Law & Strategy, 1st Edition, Manupatra Information Solution Pvt. Ltd., 2007

3. Robert P. Merges, Peter S. Menell and Mark A. Lemley, “Intellectual Property in New Technological Age”,

Aspen Publishers, 2016.

Page 118: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

118

ME18012 DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS L T P C

(Common to ME, AE, CE & CH) 3 0 0 4

Objectives:

● To acquire knowledge about Design of experiments

● Understand various aspects of DoE

● Design experiments based on problem description

● Offer optimized solution for a given problem

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF EXPERIMENTATION 7

Role of experimentation in rapid scientific progress, Historical perspective of experimental approaches, Steps in

experimentation, Principles of experimentation.

UNIT II COMPARATIVE EXPERIMENTS 9

Basic concepts of probability and statistics, Comparison of two means and two variances, Comparison of multiple

(more than two) means & ANOVA

UNIT III EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN 11

Factorial designs, fractional factorial designs, orthogonal arrays, standard orthogonal arrays & interaction tables,

modifying the orthogonal arrays, selection of suitable orthogonal array design, analysis of experimental data

UNIT IV RESPONSE SURFACE METHODOLOGY 9

Concept, linear model, steepest ascent, second order model, regression, optimization

UNIT V TAGUCHI TECHNIQUE 9

Taguchi’s Parameter Design: Concept of robustness, noise factors, objective function & S/N ratios, inner-array and

outer-array design, data analysis

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Formulate objective(s) and identify key factors in designing experiments for a given problem.

● Develop appropriate experimental design to conduct experiments for a given problem.

● Analyze experimental data to derive valid conclusions.

● Optimize process conditions by developing empirical models using experimental data.

● Design robust products and processes using parameter design approach

Textbooks:

1. Montgomery DC, Design and Analysis of Experiments, 7thEdition, John Wiley & Sons, NY, 2008.

2. Krishnaiah K,Shahabudeen P, Applied design of experiments and Taguchi method, Second edition,PHI,2012

References:

1. Daniel Coleman, Belt Gunter , A DOE, Handbook, Createsapce publisher, 2013.

2. Ross PJ, Taguchi Techniques for Quality Engineering, McGraw-Hill Book Company, NY, 2008.

Web Resources :

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110105087/

Page 119: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

119

PRFESSIONAL ELECTIVES FOR EVEN SEMESTER

Page 120: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

120

CE18002 GROUNDWATER ENGINEERING L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To understand the principles of Groundwater, Governing equations and Characteristics of different aquifers

● To apply the governing equation concept in Groundwater model development and management

.

UNIT I HYDROGEOLOGICAL PARAMETERS 9

Introduction – Water bearing Properties of Rock – Type of aquifers - Aquifer properties – permeability , specific

yield, transmissivity and storage coefficient – Methods of Estimation – Ground water table fluctuation and its

interpretations – Groundwater development and Potential in India – GEC norms.

UNIT II WELL HYDRAULICS 9

Objectives of Groundwater hydraulics – Darcy’s Law - Groundwater equation – steady state flow - Dupuit

Forchheimer assumption - Unsteady state flow – Theism’s method Jacob method – Well losses - Partial penetrations

of wells.– Specific Capacity and Safe yield - Collector well and Infiltration gallery

UNIT III GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT 9

Need for Management Model – Database for groundwater management – Introduction to Mathematical model –

Model Conceptualization – Initial and Boundary Condition – Calibration – Validation – Future Prediction –

Sensitivity Analysis – Uncertainty –Development of a model.

UNIT IV GROUNDWATER QUALITY 9

Ground water contamination- Point Source, Non Point Source, movement and quality – Saline intrusion Water

quality standards – Health and aesthetic aspects of water quality - – Environmental concern and Regulatory

requirements

UNIT V GROUNDWATER CONSERVATION 9

Artificial recharge techniques – Soil aquifer treatment (SAT) – Seawater Intrusion and Remediation – Ground water

Basin management and Conjunctive use – Protection zone delineation, Contamination source inventory and

remediation schemes

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Define the groundwater system basic, types of aquifers, aquifer parameters, movement and its potential for

confined and unconfined aquifers.

● Apply the knowledge of groundwater flow in steady and Unsteady flow characteristics of well hydraulics.

● Explain the concept of groundwater model development and database management for groundwater

management.

● Describe the importance of artificial recharge and groundwater quality concepts.

● Apply the creative and innovative technique on conservation of groundwater.

Textbooks:

1. Ashok Kumar Rastogi., Numerical Groundwater Hydrology, Penram Publication limited, published on 2007

and reprint on 2012

2. Raghunath H.M., Ground Water Hydrology, New Age International (P) Limited, NewDelhi, 2010.

References:

1. Todd D.K., "Ground Water Hydrology", John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2000.

2. Chahar BR, Groundwater hydrology, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2015.

Page 121: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

121

CE18004 TRANSPORTATION PLANNING & SYSTEMS L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To give an exposure on overview of the principles of the bus and rail transportation planning and evaluation of

the transportation projects.

UNIT I STUDY AREAS AND SURVEYS 9

Importance of planning and integrated transport facilities in urban areas – Delineation of study area and zoning –

Conducting various surveys – Travel patterns, transport facilities and planning parameters

UNIT II MODES 9

Basics of Trip Generation – Trip Distribution – Trip Assignment and Modal Split models – Validation of the model

UNIT III PLAN PREPARATION AND EVALUATION 9

Preparation of alternative plans – Evaluation techniques – Economic and Financial evaluation – Environment Impact

Assessment (EIA) – Case studies

UNIT IV BUS TRANSPORTATION 9

Characteristics and bus transportation in urban areas – Fare policy – Route planning – Planning of terminals –

Breakeven point and its relevance

UNIT V RAIL TRANSPORTATION 9

Characteristics of suburban, IRT and RRT Systems – Planning of rail terminals – Fare policy – Unified traffic and

transport authority

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Explain the concepts and surveys in Transportation Planning

● Apply trip generation, assignment and distribution techniques in transportation system

● Examine transportation projects through various case studies

● Recognize planning of bus transportation system in urban areas

● Recognize planning of rail transportation and policies

Textbooks:

1. Kadiyali. L.R. Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2011.

2. Michael J. Bruton. Introduction to Transportation Planning, Hutchinson, London, 1995.

References:

1. John W. Dickey. Metropolitan Transportation Planning, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New

Delhi, 1990.

2. C. Jotin Khisty, Kent Lall. Transportation Engineering: An Introduction, Prentice Hall, 1998

3. Juan de Dios Ortuzar and Luis G. Willumsen. Modelling Transport, John Wiley & Sons 2001.

4. Chennai Comprehensive Traffic Study, Chennai Metropolitan Development Authority, 2007.

Page 122: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

122

CE18006 GLOBAL CLIMATE CHANGE L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To educate about Climate system and its changes and causes

● To impart knowledge about impacts, adaptation and mitigation of climate change

● To provide knowledge about clean technology and clean energy

UNIT I EARTH’S CLIMATE SYSTEM 9

Introduction-Climate in the spotlight - The Earth’s Climate Machine – Climate Classification - Global Wind

Systems – Trade Winds and the Hadley Cell – The Westerlies - Cloud Formation and Monsoon Rains – Storms and

Hurricanes - The Hydrological Cycle – Global Ocean Circulation – El Nino and its Effect - Solar Radiation – The

Earth's Natural Green House Effect – Green House Gases and Global Warming – Carbon Cycle.

UNIT II OBSERVED CHANGES AND ITS CAUSES 9

Observation of Climate Change – Changes in patterns of temperature, precipitation and sea level rise – Observed

effects of Climate Changes – Patterns of Large Scale Variability – Drivers of Climate Change – Climate Sensitivity

and Feedbacks – The Montreal Protocol – UNFCCC – IPCC – Evidences of Changes in Climate and Environment

– on a Global Scale and in India – climate change modeling.

UNIT III IMPACTS OF CLIMATE CHANGE 9

Impacts of Climate Change on various sectors – Agriculture, Forestry and Ecosystem – Water Resources – Human

Health – Industry, Settlement and Society – Methods and Scenarios – Projected Impacts for Different Regions –

Uncertainties in the Projected Impacts of Climate Change – Risk of Irreversible Changes.

UNIT IV CLIMATE CHANGE ADAPTATION AND MITIGATION

MEASURES

9

Adaptation Strategy/Options in various sectors – Water – Agriculture –- Infrastructure and Settlement including

coastal zones – Human Health – Tourism – Transport – Energy – Key Mitigation Technologies and Practices –

Energy Supply – Transport – Buildings – Industry – Agriculture – Forestry - Carbon sequestration – Carbon capture

and storage (CCS) - Waste (MSW & Bio waste, Biomedical, Industrial waste – International and Regional

cooperation.

UNIT V CLEAN TECHNOLOGY AND ENERGY 9

Clean Development Mechanism – Carbon Trading - examples of future Clean Technology – Biodiesel – Natural

Compost – Eco- Friendly Plastic – Alternate Energy – Hydrogen – Bio-fuels – Solar Energy – Wind – Hydroelectric

Power – Mitigation Efforts in India and Adaptation funding.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● get knowledge about Climate system and its changes and causes

● to learn about impacts, adaptation and mitigation of climate change

● to earn about clean technology and clean energy

Textbooks:

1. Jan C. van Dam, Impacts of Climate Change and Climate Variability on Hydrological Regimes,

Cambridge University Press, 2003.

2. Dash Sushil Kumar, “Climate Change – An Indian Perspective”, Cambridge University Press India Pvt.

Ltd

References:

1. Bates, B.C., Z.W. Kundzewicz, S. Wu and J.P. Palutikof, Eds., ‘Climate Change and Water’. Technical

Paper of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, IPCC Secretariat, Geneva, 2008

2. IPCC fourth assessment report - The AR4 synthesis report, 2007

Page 123: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

123

3. IPCC fourth assessment report –Working Group I Report, “ The physical Science Basis”, 2007

4. IPCC fourth assessment report - Working Group II Report, “ Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability”, 2007

5. IPCC fourth assessment report – Working Group III Report” Mitigation of Climate change”, 2007

Page 124: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

124

CE18008 REMOTE SENSING TECHNIQUES AND GIS L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To introduce the students to the basic concepts and principles of various components of remote sensing.

● To provide an exposure to GIS and its practical applications in civil engineering.

UNIT I REMOTE SENSING AND ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION 9

Definition – components of RS – History of Remote Sensing – Merits and demerits of data collation between

conventional and remote sensing methods - Electromagnetic Spectrum – wave theory, particle theory, Stefan –

Boltzmann Law and Wien’s Law – visible and non-visible spectrum – Radiation sources: active & passive;

Radiation Quantities

UNIT II EMR INTERACTION WITH ATMOSPHERE 9

Standard atmospheric profile – main atmospheric regions and its characteristics – interaction of radiation with

atmosphere - Scattering (Rayleigh, Mie, non-selective scattering) absorption and refraction – Atmospheric effects

on visible, infrared, thermal and microwave spectrum – Atmospheric windows.

UNIT III PLATFORMS AND SENSORS 9

Ground based platforms –Airborne platforms – Space borne platforms – Classification of satellites – Sun

synchronous and Geosynchronous satellites – Resolution concepts – Scanners - Along and across track scanners –

Orbital and sensor characteristics of different satellites – Airborne and Space borne TIR sensors – Calibration – S/N

ratio – Passive/Active microwave sensing – Airborne and satellite borne RADAR –SAR –LIDAR , UAV – High

Resolution Sensors

UNIT IV GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM 9

Introduction – Maps – Definitions – Map projections – types of map projections – map analysis – GIS definition –

basic components of GIS – standard GIS softwares – Data type – Spatial and nonspatial (attribute) data –

measurement scales – Data Base Management Systems (DBMS).

UNIT V DATA ENTRY, STORAGE AND ANALYSIS 9

Data models – vector and raster data – data compression – data input by digitization and scanning – attribute data

analysis – integrated data analysis – Modeling in GIS Highway alignment studies – Land Information System.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Explain the concepts and laws related to remote sensing

● Discuss the interaction of electromagnetic radiation with atmosphere and earth material

● Differentiate the different types of remote sensors

● Summarise the fundamentals of maps, their characteristics and GIS, its components

● Appreciate various spatial data models and their advantages

Textbooks:

1. Lillesand,T.M., Kiefer, R.W. and J.W.Chipman. “Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation” 7th Edition., John

Willey and Sons Asia Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2015.

2. Anji Reddy, M. “Textbook of Remote Sensing and Geographical Information System” 4th edition. BS

Publications, Hyderabad, 2019.

References:

1. Lo. C.P.andA.K.W.Yeung, “Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information

Systems”,Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, Second Edition, 2016

2. Peter A.Burrough, Rachael A. McDonnell, ” Principles of GIS”, Oxford University Press, 2015

3. Ian Heywood “An Introduction to GIS”, Pearson Education Asia, 2000

Page 125: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

125

CE18010 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION AND

INSTRUMENTATION L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● Students are expected to understand the importance of site investigation, planning of sub soil investigation,

interpretation of investigated data to design suitable foundation system

UNIT I PLANNING OF EXPLORATION AND GEOPHYSICAL

METHODS

8

Scope and objectives, planning an exploration program, methods of exploration, exploration for preliminary and

detailed design, spacing and depth of bores, data presentation. Geophysical exploration and interpretation, seismic

and electrical methods, cross bore hole, single bore hole – up hole -down hole methods.

UNIT II EXPLORATION TECHNIQUES 8

Methods of boring and drilling, non-displacement and displacement methods, drilling in difficult subsoil conditions,

limitations of various drilling techniques, stabilization of boreholes, bore logs.

UNIT III SOIL SAMPLING 8

Sampling Techniques – quality of samples – factors influencing sample quality - disturbed and undisturbed soil

sampling advanced sampling techniques, offshore sampling, shallow penetration samplers, preservation and

handling of samples.

UNIT IV FIELD TESTING IN SOIL EXPLORATION 12

Field tests, penetration tests, Field vane shear, Insitu shear and bore hole shear test, pressure meter test, dilatometer

test - plate load test–monotonic and cyclic; field permeability tests – block vibration test. Procedure, limitations,

correction and data interpretation of all methods.

UNIT V INSTRUMENTATION 9

Instrumentation in soil engineering, strain gauges, resistance and inductance type, load cells, earth pressure cells,

settlement and heave gauges, pore pressure measurements - slope indicators, sensing units, case studies.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Plan the suitable exploration techniques based on the site conditions.

● Identify the desirable exploration techniques and can able to draft the borelog.

● Summarise different sampling techniques and how to arrive engineering characters through laboratory testing.

● Explain different field testing for soil exploration and can able to select the suitable test base on the site

conditions.

● Apply basic knowledge on different instrumentation in soil engineering.

Textbooks:

1. Alam Singh and Chowdhary, G.R., "Soil Engineering in Theory and Practice, Volume-2, Geotechnical testing

and instrumentation, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 2006.

2. Dunnicliff, J., and Green, G.E., "Geotechnical Instrumentation for Monitoring Field Performance", John Wiley,

1993

References:

1. Hunt, R.E., "Geotechnical Engineering Investigation Manual, McGraw Hill,1984

2. Winterkorn, H.F. and Fang, H.Y., Foundation Engineering Hand Book, a Nostrand Reinhold 1994.

3. Nair, R.J. and Wood, P.M., "Pressuremeter Testing Methods and Interpretation", Butter-worths, 1987.

4. Bowles, J.E., "Foundation Analysis and Design", 5 th Edition, The McGraw-Hill companies, Inc., New York,

1995.

5. Day, R.N., "Geotechnical and Foundation Engineering", Design and Construction, McGraw-Hill, 1999.

6. Hanna, T.H., "Field Instrumentation in Geotechnical Engineering", Trans Tech., 1985

Page 126: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

126

CE18012 BUILDING SERVICES L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To obtain the basic knowledge on building services.

UNIT I BASICS OF BUILDING SERVICES 9

Basics of building services-Definitions -Objective and uses of services -Applications of services for different types

building considering - Classification of building services -Types of services and selection of services - Natural and

artificial lighting- principles and factors - Arrangement of luminaries,-Distribution of illumination -Utilization

factors - Necessity of Ventilation Types – Natural and Mechanical Factors to be considered in the design of

Ventilation

UNIT II ELECTRICAL SERVICES AND LAYOUT 9

Electrical services in the building -Technical terms and symbols for electrical installations and Accessories of wiring

- Systems of wiring like wooden casing, cleat wiring, CTS wiring conduit wiring - Types of insulation -electrical

layout for residence, small work shop, show room, school building, etc.

UNIT III MECHANICAL SERVICES IN BUILDINGS 9

Introduction of mechanical services- Lift- Definition, Types of Lifts, Design Considerations, Location, Sizes,

Component parts- Lift Well, Travel, Pit, Hoist Way, Machine, Buffer, Door Locks, Suspended Rope, Lift Car,

Landing Door, Call Indicators, Call Push-Elevators & Escalators-Different types of elevators and Escalators, Freight

elevators, Passenger elevators, Hospital elevators,-Uses of different types of elevators Escalators.-Dumbwaiters-

Different types of Dumbwaiters-Uses of different types of

Dumbwaiter.-Conveyors-Different types of Conveyors-Uses of different types of Conveyors - Air Conditioning-

Definition, Purpose, Principles, Temperature Control, Air Velocity Control, Humidity Control, Air Distribution

system, Cleaners, Filters, Spray washers, Electric preceptors-Types of Air Conditioners, (Central type, Window

Type, Split Unit)

UNIT IV FIRE PROTECTION,ACOUSTIC AND SOUND INSULATIONS 9

Introduction-Causes of fire and Effect s of fire- General Requirements of Fire Resisting building as per IS and NBC

2005-Characteristics of Fire resisting materials-Maximum Travel Distance-Fire Fighting Installations for Horizontal

Exit, Roof Exit / Fire Lifts, External Stairs-Requirement of good Acoustic -Various sound absolvent-Factors to be

followed for noise control in residential building

UNIT V MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES AND GREEN BUILDINGS

PROVISIONS

9

Rain water Harvesting for buildings- Concept of GREEN buildings-Components of GREEN building- Introduction

and Significance to Grey water- Components of Grey water system-Management of Grey water system

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Plan various types of services required for different types of buildings.

● Supervise installation and testing of services such as lift, fire protection, elevators, escalators, acoustic and

sound insulations, lightings, air conditioning and allied services.

● Understand the concept of green buildings

Textbooks:

1. R. Udayakumar , A Text Book of Building Services, Eswar Press, Chennai

2. S. M. Patil, Building Services, Seema Publication, Mumbai Revised edition, 2014

References:

1. National Building Code of India - 2005 , Bureau of Indian Standards , BIS, New Delhi

2. Dr. B. C. Punmia , Building Construction , Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi

3. P. C. Varghese, Building Construction , PHI Learning (P) Ltd., New Delhi

4. Building repair and Maintenance Management P. S. Gahlot CBS Publishers & Distribution(P) Ltd. 2015.

Page 127: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

127

CE18014 STORAGE STRUCTURES L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To introduce the student to basic theory and concepts of design of storage structures like steel and concrete

tanks, bunkers and silos.

UNIT I STEEL WATER TANKS 9

Design of rectangular bolted steel water tank – Tee covers – Plates – Stays –Longitudinal and transverse beams –

Design of staging – Base plates – Foundation and anchor bolts – Design of pressed steel water tank – Design of

stays – Joints – Design of hemispherical bottom water tank – side plates – Bottom plates – joints – Ring girder –

Design of staging and foundation.

UNIT II CONCRETE WATER TANKS 9

Design of Circular tanks – Hinged and fixed at the base – IS method of calculating shear forces and moments –

Hoop tension – Design of intze tank – Dome – Ring girders – Conical dome – Staging – Bracings – Raft foundation

– Design of rectangular tanks – Approximate methods and IS methods – Design of underground tanks – Design of

base slab and side wall – Check for uplift.

UNIT III STEEL BUNKERS AND SILOS 9

Design of square bunker – Jansen’s and Airy’s theories – IS Codal provisions – Design of side plates – Stiffeners –

Hopper – Longitudinal beams – Design of cylindrical silo – Side plates – Ring girder – stiffeners.

UNIT IV CONCRETE BUNKERS AND SILOS 9

Design of square bunker – Side Walls – Hopper bottom – Top and bottom edge beams – Design of cylindrical silo

– Wall portion – Design of conical hopper – Ring beam at junction.

UNIT V PRESTRESSED CONCRETE WATER TANKS 9

Principles of circular prestressing – Design of prestressed concrete circular water tanks

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Design different types of steel water tanks and their components.

● Design concrete water tanks & its components

● Design steel material storage structures & its components

● Design concrete material storage structures & its components

● Design prestressed concrete water tanks

Textbooks:

1. Rajagopalan K., "Storage Structures", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1998.

2. Krishna Raju N., "Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design", CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi,( 3rd

Revised edition)- 2016

References:

1. Punmia. B.C., Ashok Kumar Jain, Arun Kumar Jain, “Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete”, Laxmi

Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2018.

2. Gambhir.M.L., "Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures", Prentice Hall of India Private Limited, 2012.

Page 128: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

128

CE18016 MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To make the students conversant with the types, sources, generation, storage, collection, transport, processing

and disposal of municipal solid waste

UNIT I SOURCES AND CHARACTERISTICS 9

Sources and types of municipal solid wastes- Public health and environmental impacts of improper disposal of solid

wastes- sampling and characterization of wastes - factors affecting waste generation rate and characteristics -

Elements of integrated solid waste management – Requirements and salient features of Solid waste management

rules (2016) –- Role of public and NGO’s- Public Private participation – Elements of Municipal Solid Waste

Management Plan.

UNIT II SOURCE REDUCTION, WASTE STORAGE AND RECYCLING 9

Waste Management Hierarchy - Reduction, Reuse and Recycling - source reduction of waste – On-site storage

methods – Effect of storage, materials used for containers – segregation of solid wastes – Public health and economic

aspects of open storage – case studies under Indian conditions.

UNIT III COLLECTION AND TRANSFER OF WASTES 9

Methods of Residential and commercial waste collection – Collection vehicles – Manpower – Collection routes –

Analysis of waste collection systems; Transfer stations –location, operation and maintenance; options under Indian

conditions – Field problems- solving.

UNIT IV PROCESSING OF WASTES 9

Objectives of waste processing – Physical Processing techniques and Equipment; Resource recovery from solid

waste composting and biomethanation; Thermal processing options – case studies under Indian conditions.

UNIT V WASTE DISPOSAL 9

Land disposal of solid waste- Sanitary landfills – site selection, design and operation of sanitary landfills – Landfill

liners – Management of leachate and landfill gas- Landfill bioreactor – Dumpsite Rehabilitation - Bio Mining.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Explain the sources, types, generation rates, characteristics, sampling, effects of improper disposal of municipal

solid wastes and the elements, regulatory requirements regarding municipal solid waste management

● Explain the onsite storage methods and processing of municipal solid waste

● Summarise the collection systems and select appropriate collection methods, collection vehicles, transfer

stations and manpower requirements.

● Describe the processing procedure of municipal solid waste and resource recovery from the municipal solid

waste

● Determine the size of sanitary landfill and explain the operation and maintenance of sanitary landfill and

dumpsite rehabilitation

Textbooks:

1. Tchobanoglous, G., Theisen, H. M., and Samuel A Vigil. "Integrated Solid Waste Management Engineering

Principles And Management Issues". McGraw Hill, New York, 2015.

2. Tchobanoglous, G., Theisen, H. M., and Eliassen, R. "Solid. Wastes: Engineering Principles and Management

Issues". McGraw Hill, New York, 1993.

References:

1. Vesilind, P.A. and Rimer, A.E., “Unit Operations in Resource Recovery Engineering”, Prentice Hall, Inc.,

1981

2. Paul T Willams, "Waste Treatment and Disposal", John Wiley and Sons, 2000.

3. Government of India, "Manual on Municipal Solid Waste Management", CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban

Page 129: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

129

Development, New Delhi, 2014.

4. Bhide A.D. and Sundaresan, B.B. "Solid Waste Management Collection", Processing and Disposal, 2001.

5. Manser A.G.R. and Keeling A.A.," Practical Handbook of Processing and Recycling of Municipal solid

Wastes", Lewis Publishers, CRC Press, 1996.

6. George Tchobanoglous and Frank Kreith"Handbook of Solidwaste Management", McGraw Hill, New York,

2002.

Page 130: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

130

CE18018 INDUSTRIAL WASTE MANAGEMENT L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To impart knowledge on sources and characteristics of various industrial wastes and strategies for its prevention

and control

UNIT I SOURCES AND CHARACTERISTICS INDUSTRIAL

POLLUTANTS

9

Types of industries and industrial pollution – Characteristics of industrial wastes – Population equivalent – Bioassay

studies – effects of industrial effluents on streams, sewer, land, sewage treatment plants and human health –

Environmental legislations related to prevention and control of industrial effluents and hazardous wastes.

UNIT II CLEANER PRODUCTION 9

Waste management Approach – Waste Audit – Volume and strength reduction – Material and process modifications

– Recycle, reuse and byproduct recovery – Applications.

UNIT III TREATMENT TECHNOLOGIES 9

Equalisation – Neutralisation – Removal of suspended and dissolved organic solids – Chemical oxidation –

Adsorption - Removal of dissolved inorganics – Combined treatment of industrial and municipal wastes – Residue

management – Dewatering – Disposal

UNIT IV POLLUTION FROM MAJOR INDUSTRIES 9

Sources, Characteristics, Waste treatment flow sheets for selected industries such as Textiles, Tanneries, Paper,

Distilleries, Thermal power plants – Wastewater reclamation concepts

UNIT V HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT 9

Hazardous wastes - Physico chemical treatment – solidification – incineration – Secure landfills.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Explain the sources and characteristics of pollutants.

● Plan minimization of industrial wastes.

● Compute the facilities for the processing and reclamation of industrial wastewater.

● Discuss the pollution from major industries

● Describe the hazardous waste handling and management.

Textbooks:

1. Rao M. N. & Dutta A. K. , “Wastewater Treatment”, Oxford - IBH Publication, 1995.

2. Eckenfelder W.W. Jr., “Industrial Water Pollution Control”, McGraw Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 2000.

References:

1. Patwardhan. A.D., Industrial Wastewater Treatment", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 2010.

2. Shen T.T., “Industrial Pollution Prevention”, Springer, 1999.

3. Stephenson R.L. and Blackburn J.B., Jr., “Industrial Wastewater Systems Hand book”, Lewis Publisher, New

York, 1998.

4. Freeman H.M., “Industrial Pollution Prevention Hand Book”, McGraw Hill Inc., New Delhi, 1995.

5. Bishop, P.L., “Pollution Prevention: Fundamental & Practice”, McGraw Hill, 2000.

6. Pandey, "Environmental Management" Vikas Publications, 2010.

7. Industrial Wastewater Management, Treatment and Disposal",(WEF - MOP - FD3) McGraw Hill, 2008.

Page 131: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

131

CE18020 ENVIRONMENTAL GEO-TECHNOLOGY L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● The student acquires the knowledge on the Geotechnical engineering problems associated with soil

contamination, safe disposal of waste and remediate the contaminated soils by different techniques thereby

protecting environment.

UNIT I GENERATION OF WASTES AND CONSQUENCES OF SOIL

POLLUTION

9

Introduction to Geo environmental engineering – Environmental cycle – Sources, production and classification of

waste – Causes of soil pollution – Factors governing soil pollution interaction clay minerals - Failures of foundation

due to waste movement.

UNIT II SITE SELECTION AND SAFE DISPOSAL OF WASTE 9

Safe disposal of waste – Site selection for landfills – Characterization of land fill sites and waste – Risk assessment

– Stability of landfills – Current practice of waste disposal – Monitoring facilities – Passive containment system –

Application of geosynthetics in solid waste management – Rigid or flexible liners.

UNIT III TRANSPORT OF CONTAMINANTS 9

Contaminant transport in sub surface – Advection, Diffusion, Dispersion – Governing equations – Contaminant

transformation – Sorption – Biodegradation – Ion exchange – Precipitation – Hydro geological consideration in land

fill design – Ground water pollution.

UNIT IV WASTE STABILIZATION 9

Stabilization - Solidification of wastes – Micro and macro encapsulation – Absorption, Adsorption, Precipitation –

Detoxification – Mechanism of stabilization – Organic and inorganic stabilization – Utilization of solid waste for

soil improvement.

UNIT V REMEDIATION OF CONTAMINATED SOILS 9

Exsitu and insitu remediation-Solidification, bio-remediation, incineration, soil washing, electro kinetics, soil

heating, vetrification, bio-venting.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Describe basic knowledge of concepts and principles of Geo-environmental Engineering.

● Summarise the principles for selecting site for safe disposal of waste.

● Explain about the contamination in the soil and to select suitable remediation methods based on contamination.

● Explain soil stabilization by utilizing solid waste.

● Summarise the different methods for remediation of contaminated soils

Textbooks:

1. Manoj Datta,” Waste Disposal in Engineered landfills”, Narosa Publishing House, 1997.

2. Manoj Datta, B.P. Parida, B.K. Guha, “Industrial Solid Waste Management and Landfilling Practice”, Narosa

Publishing House, 1999.

References:

1. Hari D. Sharma and Krishna R. Reddy, “Geo-Environmental Engineering” –John Wiley and Sons, INC,

USA, 2004

2. Daniel B.E., “Geotechnical Practice for waste disposal”, Chapman & Hall, London 1993.

3. Westlake, K, “Landfill Waste pollution and Control”, Albion Publishing Ltd., England, 1995.

4. Wentz, C.A., “Hazardous Waste Management”, McGraw Hill, Singapore, 1989.

Page 132: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

132

CE18022 TRAFFIC ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

To give an overview of Traffic Engineering, various surveys to be conducted, traffic regulation, management

and traffic safety.

UNIT I TRAFFIC CHARACTERISTICS 9

Road Characteristics-Classification-Functions and standards-Road user characteristics-PIEV theory-Vehicle-

performance characteristics-fundamentals of traffic flow-urban traffic problems in India

UNIT II TRAFFIC SURVEYS 9

Traffic surveys-speed, journey time and delay surveys-vehicle volume survey-methods and interpretations-origin

destination survey-methods and presentation-parking survey-methods, interpretation and presentation-statistical

applications in traffic studies and traffic forecasting-level of service-concepts, application and significance.

UNIT III TRAFFIC ENGINEERING REGULATION 9

Capacity of rotary intersection and design-capacity of signalized junction-traffic signals-warrants-coordinated

signals-channelization-grade separated intersection

UNIT IV TRAFFIC SAFETY AND CONTROL 9

Road accidents-causes, effects, prevention and cost-street lighting-road signs-types of sign boards-roadway

markings-types of markings

UNIT V TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT 9

One-way street system, BRTS, tidal flow operation, staggering of work hours and road pricing-parking charges,

public transport subsidies-Transport System Management-Introduction to intelligent transportation systems.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Appraise the influence of human factors, vehicle factors and road way factors in traffic design.

● Apply the knowledge of science and engineering fundamentals in conducting traffic surveys and analyze the

problem

● Design various types of control and regulatory measures to meet an efficient traffic network

● Select appropriate methods to ensure safety of the road users

● Apply various traffic management measures

Textbooks:

1. Kadiyali. L.R. Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2008

2. Khanna. K and Justo C.E.G. and Veeraragavan, A. Highway Engineering, Nem Chand Bros., Roorkee, Revised

10th Edition, 2014

References:

1. Srinivasa Kumar. Introduction to Traffic Engineering, University Press, 2018.

2. Partha Chakroborty and Animesh Das. Principles of Transportation Engineering, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,

2011.

3. Papacosta P.S. and Prevedouros .P.D. Transportation Engineering & Planning, third edition

4. Indian Roads Congress (IRC) specifications

5. Jotin Khisty and Kent Lall. Transportation Engineering: An Introduction, Prentice Hall, 1998.

6. Hobbs, F.D. Traffic Planning and Engineering, Peragamon Press Ltd., 1994

Page 133: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

133

CE18024 HOUSING PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● The objective of the course is to train the students to have a comprehensive knowledge of planning, design,

evaluation, construction and financing of housing projects. The course focuses on cost effective construction

materials and methods. Emphasis is given on the principles of sustainable housing policies and programmes.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO HOUSING 10

Definition of Basic Terms – House, Home, Household, Apartments, Multi storied Buildings, Special Buildings,

Objectives and Strategies of National Housing Policies including Slum Housing Policy, Principle of Sustainable

Housing – Integrated approach on arriving holding capacity and density norms - All basic infrastructure

consideration - Institutions for Housing at National, State and Local levels.

UNIT II HOUSING PROGRAMMES 10

Basic Concepts, Contents and Standards for Housing Programmes - Sites and Services, Neighborhoods- Plotted

land development programs, Open Development Plots, Apartments, Gated communities, Townships, Rental

Housing, Co-operative Housing, Slum Housing Programmes – Slum improvement – Slum redevelopment and

Relocation – Use of GIS and MIS in Slum Housing Projects, Role of Public housing agencies, and Private sector in

supply , quality, infrastructure and pricing – Role of Non-Government Organizations in slum housing.

UNIT III PLANNING AND DESIGN OF HOUSING PROJECTS 9

Formulation of Housing Projects – Land Use and Soil suitability analysis -Building Byelaws and Rules and

Development Control Regulations - Site Analysis, Layout Design, Design of Housing

Units (Design Problems) – Housing Project Formulation.

UNIT IV CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES AND COST-EFFECTIVE

MATERIALS

8

New Constructions Techniques – Cost Effective Modern Materials and methods of Construction- Green building

concept- Building Centers – Concept, Functions and Performance Evaluation.

UNIT V HOUSING FINANCE AND PROJECT APPRAISAL 8

Evaluation of Housing Projects for sustainable principles – Housing Finance, Cost Recovery – Cash Flow Analysis,

Subsidy and Cross Subsidy- Public Private Partnership Projects – Viability

Gap Funding -Pricing o f Housing Units (Problems).

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Describe the different housing policies.

● Differentiate the roles and responsibilities of the different Housing Program.

● Analyze the Housing projects based on the requirements.

● Describe the new construction techniques using cost effective materials.

● Illustrate the different financing of Housing Project

Textbooks:

1. Meera Mehta and Dinesh Mehta, "Metropolitan Housing Markets", Sage Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,

1999.

2. Francis Cherunilam and Odeyar D Heggade, "Housing in India", Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay, 1997

Page 134: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

134

References:

1. Wiley- Blackwell, "Neufert's Architects" Data, 4th Edition , Blackwell Publishing Ltd, 2012

2. Donald Watson and Michael J.Crosbie, "Time Saver Standards for Architectural Design", 8th Edition, Tata

McGraw- Hill Edition, 2011

3. Walter Martin Hosack, "Land Development Calculations", 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, USA 2010

4. Development Control Rules for Chennai Metropolitan Area, CMA, Chennai, 2004.

5. UNCHS, National Experiences with Shelter Delivery for the Poorest Groups, UNCHS Habitat, Nairobi, 1994

6. Government of India, National Housing Policy, 1994

Page 135: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

135

CE18026 TALL BUILDINGS L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To provide an insight to the design of tall buildings.

● To enlighten the students on modern techniques available for the analysis of tall buildings.

● To make the students to understand the principles involved in the analysis of tall buildings

UNIT I DESIGN CRITERIA AND MATERIALS 9

Development of High Rise Structures - General Planning Considerations - Design philosophies - Materials used for

Construction - High Strength Concrete - High Performance Concrete – Self Compacting Concrete - Glass - High

Strength Steel

UNIT II LOADING 9

Gravity Loading – Dead load, Live load – Live load reduction techniques, Impact load, Construction load,

Sequential loading. Wind Loading – Static and Dynamic Approach, Analytical method, Wind Tunnel Experimental

methods. Earthquake Loading – Equivalent lateral Load analysis, Response Spectrum Method, Combination of

Loads.

UNIT III BEHAVIOUR OF VARIOUS STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS 9

Factors affecting growth, Height and Structural form. High rise behaviour of Various structural systems - Rigid

frames, braced frames, Infilled frames, shear walls, coupled shear walls, wallframes, tubular structures, cores,

outrigger - braced and hybrid mega systems

UNIT IV ANALYSIS AND DESIGN 9

Modeling for approximate analysis, Accurate analysis and reduction techniques, Analysis of buildings as total

structural system considering overall integrity and major subsystem interaction, Analysis for member forces, drift

and twist, computerised general three dimensional analysis

UNIT V STABILITY OF TALL BUILDINGS 9

Overall buckling analysis of frames, wall-frames, Approximate methods, second order effects of gravity of loading,

P-Delta analysis, simultaneous first-order and P-Delta analysis, Translational, Torsional instability, out of plumb

effects, stiffness of member in stability, effect of foundation rotation

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Describe the materials used for construction of Tall Buildings

● Discuss the structural behavior of various structural systems in tall buildings

● Analyse for equivalent lateral forces using response spectrum method

● Apply reduction techniques to simplify the analysis of multistory frames

● Explain the stability aspects of tall buildings

Textbooks:

1. Bryan Stafford Smith and Alex Coull, Tall Building Structures, Analysis and Design, John Wiley and Sons,

Inc., 1991.

2. Taranath B.S, Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings, McGraw Hill, 1988

References:

1. Coull, A. and Smith Staford.B, Tall Buildings , Symposium Publications Division, Pergamon Press, London,

1997.

2. LinT.Y. and Burry D.Stotes, Structural Concepts and Systems for Architects and Engineers, John Wiley,

1994.

3. Lynn S.Beedle, Advances in Tall Buildings, CBS Publishers and Distributors, Delhi, 1996.

4. Wolfgang Schuler, High Rise Building Structures, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1976

Page 136: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

136

CE18028 SMART STRUCTURES AND SMART MATERIALS L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● This course is designed to give an insight into the latest developments regarding smart materials and their use

in structures. Further, this also deals with structures which can self-adjust their stiffness with load.

UNIT I SMART MATERIALS FOR BUILDINGS 9

Introduction to Smart Materials and Structures – Instrumented structures functions and response – Sensing systems

– Self diagnosis – Signal processing consideration – Actuation systems and effectors.

UNIT II MEASURING TECHNIQUES 9

Strain Measuring Techniques using Electrical strain gauges, Types – Resistance – Capacitance – Inductance –

Wheatstone bridges – Pressure transducers – Load cells – Temperature Compensation – Strain Rosettes.

UNIT III SENSORS 9

Sensing Technology – Types of Sensors – Physical Measurement using Piezo Electric Strain measurement –

Inductively Read Transducers – The LVOT – Fiber optic Techniques. Chemical and Bio-Chemical sensing in

structural Assessment – Absorptive chemical sensors – Spectroscopes – Fibre Optic Chemical Sensing Systems and

Distributed measurement.

UNIT IV ACTUATORS 9

Actuator Techniques – Actuator and actuator materials – Piezoelectric and Electrostrictive Material – Magneto-

rheological Material – Shape Memory Alloys – Electro-rheological Fluids– Electro-magnetic actuation – Role of

actuators and Actuator Materials.

UNIT V SIGNAL PROCESSING AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 9

Data Acquisition and Processing – Signal Processing and Control for Smart Structures – Sensors as Geometrical

Processors – Signal Processing – Control System – Linear and Nonlinear.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Describe the concept of smart materials and smart structures

● Analyze the usage of strain measuring techniques

● Analyze the various types of sensors and usage of sensing technology

● Describe the types of actuators, actuator techniques and their applications.

● Explain the data acquisition processing systems in order to capture the data

Textbooks:

1. Mohsen shainpoor - Fundamentals of smart materials – Royal society of Chemistry - 2020

2. Brain Culshaw – Smart Structure and Materials - Artech House – Borton. London-1996.

References:

1. L. S. Srinath – Experimental Stress Analysis – Tata McGraw-Hill, 1998. 2. J. W. Dally & W. F. Riley –

Experimental Stress Analysis – Tata McGraw-Hill, 1998.

2. Ralph. C. Smith – Smart material systems model development- society for industrial and applied

mathematics, Philadelphia, 2005

Page 137: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

137

CE18030 WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● At the end of the semester, the students will be able to have an understanding of the basics of surface and

groundwater hydrology.

UNIT I HYDROLOGY 9

Hydrologic cycle; Precipitation types; Rain gauges; Computation of average rain fall over a basin; Abstraction from

rainfall; evaporation, factors affecting evaporation, measurement of evaporation; Infiltration, factors affecting

infiltration, measurement of infiltration, infiltration indices; Run off; Factors affecting run off; Computation of run-

off; Design flood, Estimation of maximum rate of run-off.

UNIT II HYDROGRAPHS 9

Hydrograph analysis; Unit hydrograph; Construction of UH for an isolated storm, Application of UH to the

construction of a flood hydrograph resulting from rainfall of unit duration; Construction of unit hydrograph of

different unit duration from a unit hydrograph of some given unit duration by superposition method and S-curve

method.

UNIT III GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY 9

Introduction; Aquifer; Aquiclude; Aquifuge; Specific yield; Specific retention; Divisions of sub– surface water;

Water table; Types of aquifers; Well hydraulics- Steady radial flow to a well– Dupuit’s theory for confined and

unconfined aquifers; Tube wells - Open wells; Yield of an open well–Constant level pumping test and Recuperation

test.

UNIT IV WATER RESOURCES 9

Water resources survey – Water resources of India and Tamilnadu – Description of water resources planning –

Estimation of water requirements for irrigation and drinking - Design flood-– Flood estimation by Dicken’s formula

-levees and flood walls.

UNIT V RESERVOIR PLANNING 9

Importance of Reservoirs - Purpose of storage work – Large Reservoirs in India and Tamil Nadu -Types of

reservoirs– Investigation for reservoir planning – Selection of site for a reservoir – Zones of storage in reservoirs –

Fixation of storage capacity- Single and multipurpose reservoir – Reservoir sedimentation and their control –

Reservoir losses – Basics of flood routing.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Describe the basic principles of hydrology.

● Summarise the basics of different type of hydrographs.

● Explain the concepts of groundwater and hydraulics of subsurface flows.

● Enumerate the strategies involved in water resources planning and fundamentals of flood.

● Decribe Planning, design, operation and management of reservoir system.

Textbooks:

1. Subramanya K., Engineering Hydrology, Tata-McGraw Hill 5th edition ,2013

2 Punmia B.C. and Pande B.B.Lal, Irrigation and water Power Engineering, Laxmi Publications Pvt Ltd., New

Delhi,2009

References:

1. Raghunath H.M., Hydrology, Wiley Eastern Limited,New Delhi,1990.

2. Santhosh Kumar Garg, Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering , Khanna Publications Pvt.Ltd.,New

Delhi,2008

3. Linsley R.K. and Franzini J.B, WaterResources Engineering, McGraw-Hill Inc, 2002.

Page 138: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

138

CE18032 IoT APPLICATIONS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING L

3

T

0

P

0

C

3

OBJECTIVES:

To introduce to the students about the basic concepts and applications of Internet of Things in Civil

Engineering.

UNIT I OVERVIEW OF IoT 9

Definition of Internet of Things (IoT) – data analytic systems – smart devices – softwares enabling IoT – drones

– remote operation – wearable technology – artificial intelligence – automation - robotics

UNIT II APPLICATIONS 9

IoT in construction – Roles of IoT in construction – benefits of IoT in construction - Safety applications - Real time

reporting – Robotics - Construction tools, machinery and equipment tracking - Construction management –

Scheduling - Waste management - Structural health monitoring - IoT for contractors - IoT in rehabilitation

UNIT III INTEGRATION OF IOT AND BUILDING INFORMATION MODELLING 9

Definition of BIM - From CAD to BIM - Necessity of BIM - BIM Benefits - Viewing controls – modeling -

Tools and methods for digital project construction management – BIM and IoT integration – construction, operation

and monitoring, on site environment monitoring, resource monitoring, construction progress monitoring.

UNIT IV AUGMENTED AND VIRTUAL REALITY 9

CAD to VR - Visualizing plans - Interactive design - Walk through - Better marketing of projects - Review of project

designs - Virtual labs – Augmented reality – Hybrid Reality

UNIT V SMART HOMES AND SMART CITIES 9

Smart home –origin, technologies, smart home implementation, home area networks (HANs), smart grids, smart

cities – characteristics, challenges, smart parking, smart thermostats, circuit breakers, digital power meters –

information collection, energy management.

TOTAL PERIODS: 45

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Summarize the concepts of IoT and describe the different smart devices used.

Explain the different applications of IoT in various civil engineering sectors.

Adopt BIM concepts and also understand the integration with IoT.

Describe the concepts of augmented and virtual reality.

Explore the usage for IoT in constructing smart homes and smart cities.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Jeeva Jose, Internet of Things, Kanna Book Publishing Co. (P)Ltd., 2018.

2. Javad Majrouhi Sardroud, Automation in Construction Management, Scholar’s Press, 2014.

REFERENCES:

1. Qusay F. Hassan, Internet of Things A to Z : Technologies and Applications, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2018.

2. Carlos Balaguer, Robotics and Automation in Construction, 2018.

3. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things :A hands on approach”, First Edition, Universities

Press, 2015.

4. Honbo Zhou,“The Internet of Things in the Cloud: A Middleware Perspective”, CRC Press, 2012.

5. G. R. Kanagachidambaresan, R. Maheswar, V. Manikandan, K. Ramakrishnan, "Internet of Things in Smart

Technologies for Sustainable Urban Development" Springer, 2020.

6. Rafael Sacks, BIM Handbook – A Guide to Building Information Modelling for Owners Designers,

Engineers, Contractors and Facility Managers, 3rd edition, John Wiley Publishers, 2018.

Page 139: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

139

CE18034 FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS L T P C

3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:

To introduce the concepts of Mathematical Modeling of Engineering Problems.

To appreciate the use of FEM to a range of Engineering Problems.

UNIT I BASICS OF FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS 9

Historical Background – Mathematical Modeling of field problems in Engineering – Governing Equations –

Discrete and continuous models – Boundary, Initial and Eigen Value problems– Weighted Residual Methods –

Variational Formulation of Boundary Value Problems – Ritz Technique – Basic concepts of the Finite Element

Method

UNIT II ONE DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS 9

One Dimensional Second Order Equations – Discretization – Element types- Linear and Higher order Elements –

Derivation of Shape functions and Stiffness matrices and force vectors- Assembly of Matrices – Solution of

problems for beam, bar and truss, heat transfer.

UNIT III TWO DIMENSIONAL SCALAR VARIABLE PROBLEMS 9

Second Order 2D Equations involving Scalar Variable Functions – Variational formulation –Finite Element

formulation – Triangular elements – Shape functions and element matrices and vectors. Application to Field

Problems – Thermal problems –Quadrilateral elements – Higher Order Elements.

UNIT IV TWO DIMENSIONAL VECTOR VARIABLE PROBLEMS 9

Equations of elasticity – Plane stress, plane strain and axisymmetric problems – Body forces and temperature

effects – Stress calculations – Plate and shell elements

UNIT V ISOPARAMETRIC FORMULATION 9

Natural co-ordinate systems – Isoparametric elements – Shape functions for iso parametric elements – One and

two dimensions – Serendipity elements – Numerical integration and application to plane stress problems – Matrix

solution techniques – Solutions Techniques to Dynamic problems – Introduction to Analysis Software

TOTAL PERIODS :45

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Summarize the basics of finite element formulation.

Apply finite element formulations to solve one dimensional Problems.

Apply finite element formulations to solve two dimensional scalar Problems.

Apply finite element method to solve two dimensional Vector problems.

Apply finite element method to solve problems on iso parametric element and dynamic Problems.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Reddy. J.N., “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2005

2. Seshu, P, “Text Book of Finite Element Analysis”, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2007.

REFERENCES:

1. Bathe, K.J. and Wilson, E.L., “Numerical Methods in Finite Elements Analysis”, Prentice Hall of India,

1985.

2. Krishnamurthy, C.S., “Finite Element Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.

3. Rao. S.S., “Finite Element Methods in Engineering,” Butterworth and Heinemann, 2001.

Page 140: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

140

GE18054 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS L T P C

(Common to all CE, CS, IT, EE, EC & MR) 3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To enable the students to create an awareness on Engineering Ethics and Human Values, to instill Moral and

Social Values and Loyalty and to appreciate the rights of others.

UNIT I HUMAN VALUES 9

Morals, values and Ethics – Integrity – Work ethic – Service learning – Civic virtue – Respect for others – Living

peacefully – Caring – Sharing – Honesty – Courage – Valuing time – Cooperation – Commitment – Empathy – Self

confidence – Character – Spirituality – Introduction to Yoga and meditation for professional excellence and stress

management

UNIT II ENGINEERING ETHICS 9

Senses of ‘Engineering Ethics’ – Variety of moral issues – Types of inquiry – Moral dilemmas – Moral Autonomy

– Kohlberg’s theory – Gilligan’s theory – Consensus and Controversy – Models of professional roles - Theories

about right action – Self-interest – Customs and Religion – Uses of Ethical Theories.

UNIT III ENGINEERING AS SOCIAL EXPERIMENTATION 9

Characteristics of PN Junction Diode - Zener Effect - Zener Diode - LED, Photo diode and its Engineering as

Experimentation – Engineers as responsible Experimenters – Codes of Ethics – A Balanced Outlook on Law.

UNIT IV SAFETY, RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS 9

Safety and Risk – Assessment of Safety and Risk – Risk Benefit Analysis and Reducing Risk - Respect for Authority

– Collective Bargaining – Confidentiality – Conflicts of Interest – Occupational Crime – Professional Rights –

Employee Rights – Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) – Discrimination.

UNIT V GLOBAL ISSUES 9

Multinational Corporations – Environmental Ethics – Computer Ethics – Weapons Development – Engineers as

Managers – Consulting Engineers – Engineers as Expert Witnesses and Advisors – Moral Leadership –Code of

Conduct – Corporate Social Responsibility.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Understand the importance of human values at work place

● Develop a sense of engineering ethics through various theories

● Understand different laws related to ethics by experiments

● Understand the importance of safety, responsibilities and rights of an engineer at work place

● Get an overall knowledge of ethics in different domains of engineering

Textbooks:

1. Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger, “Ethics in Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2015.

2. Govindarajan M, Natarajan S, Senthil Kumar V. S, “Engineering Ethics”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,

2004.

References:

1. Charles B. Fleddermann, “Engineering Ethics”, Pearson Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2012.

2. Charles E. Harris, Michael S. Pritchard and Michael J. Rabins, “Engineering Ethics – Concepts and Cases”,

Cengage Learning, 2012

3. John R Boatright, “Ethics and the Conduct of Business”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2017

Page 141: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

141

4. Edmund G Seebauer and Robert L Barry, “Fundamentals of Ethics for Scientists and Engineers”, Oxford

University Press, Oxford, 2008.

5. Laura P. Hartman and Joe Desjardins, “Business Ethics: Decision Making for Personal Integrity and Social

Responsibility” Mc Graw Hill education, India Pvt. Ltd.,New Delhi, 2013.

6. World Community Service Centre, ‘ Value Education’, Vethathiri publications, Erode, 2011.

Web sources:

1. www.onlineethics.org

2. www.nspe.org

3. www.globalethics.org

4. www.ethics.org

Page 142: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

142

SYLLABUS FOR VALUE ADDED COURSE

Page 143: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

143

VD18401 APPLICATION OF PLANNING TOOLS IN

CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS L T P C

2 0 0 2

Objectives:

To impart knowledge on Project management and to produce effective and efficient project schedules which

can enable the project manager to manage projects in an enhanced manner, helping to ensure the success of the

project

SYLLABUS :

Planning -Main skills – Planning engineer responsibilities – planning main skills – time schedule – Project cash

flow and manpower histogram – weekly/monthly reports, Activity and Scheduling - Activity list with resources –

WBS and activity codes – activity list - Estimate the activity duration – cost to activity in the schedule – Estimate

the manpower – standard labour productivity rates, Managing Tool with updates - Time schedule for contractor and

client – Manpower histogram – create cash flow – base line – payment certificate and update the schedule – samples

of projects, templates and reports

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Plan a project with time schedule and finance management

Estimate activity duration and manpower using work breakdown structure

Apply the computer tools for construction planning

Textbooks:

1. Jongpil Nam, “Construction Scheduling with Primavera P6” Author House UK Ltd. 2016

2. Vinayagam.P, Vimala.A., “Planning and Managing Projects with Primavera P6 Project Planner” I.K.

International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. 2017

Page 144: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

144

VD18402 APPLICATION OF REMOTE SENSING IN CIVIL

ENGINEERING L T P C

2 0 0 2

Objectives:

The hands on experiments in the image processing, GIS platforms and GPS will make the students to appreciate

their importance in Civil Engineering applications.

SYLLABUS :

Fundamentals of GIS - Georeferencing of toposheet and creating vector layers - Creation of attribute tables and

layout preparation - Creation of Digital Elevation Model using Vertical Mapper, Data processing and analysis using

GIS - GPS Survey and its data transformation into GIS environment - Converting *.tab file to *.shp & vice versa

using Universal Translator - Transformation of Google files to GIS environment - Creation of Vorronoi / Thiessen

diagram for points using GIS software - Overlay Analysis using GIS.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Expertise in digital image processing

Good exposure to the Global positioning system in real time data processing

Potential of Geographical Information System

Data integration between Satellite data, GPS and GIS in Decision Making

Textbooks:

1. “ArcGIS by Example”, Hussein Nasser , Packt Publishing, August 2015

2. “GIS Basics”, ShahabFazal, New Age International Publishers, ISBN 978-81-224-2376-1, 2008.

Page 145: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

145

VD18403 FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS USING COMPUTER

TOOLS L T P C

2 0 0 2

Objectives:

To impart knowledge on the basics of Finite element analysis using software

SYLLABUS :

Overview of Finite Element Analysis – Basics of Statics and Strength of Materials, Introduction to Finite Element

software – Applications - computer tools - Programming mode and GUI software, Preprocessing - Basic geometry

creation methods in Workbench- Meshing methods – refinement, Solving the problem – Post processing of results,

types of analysis – static structural analysis, buckling analysis and non linear analysis, thermal analysis and dynamic

analysis

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Apply the basics of Finite Element Analysis and its application using Computer Tools.

Textbooks:

1. Ansys Workbench 14.0 for Engineers and Designers (MISL-DT) – 2013

2. Introduction to ANSYS 16.0 (English, Paperback, Choudary R. B.) - 2016

Page 146: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

146

VD18404 BIM FUNDAMENTALS FOR ENGINEERS L T P C

2 0 0 2

OBJECTIVES:

To understand the necessity of adopting the Building Information Modelling as an engineer.

SYLLABUS :

Fundamentals of BIM Knowledge and BIM Models - Definition of BIM - From CAD to BIM - Necessity of BIM

- BIM Benefits - LOD (Level of Development) in BIM, View & Retrieve Information from BIM Models –

Computer tools and basic commands - Section a 3D view - Retrieve information from schedules - Measure distance

in BIM models , Modeling of a Building - Introduction to Model Integration and Clash Detection - Introduction

to quantity take-off for construction - create quantity schedules - customize settings for schedules - create material

take-off schedules - export and compile schedules

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Summarise the necessity of BIM and understand the different levels involved in BIM.

Adopt the concept of BIM using computer tools.

Perform the model integration and scheduling of construction project.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Peter Barnes, Nigel Davies, BIM in Principle and in Practice, ICE Publishing, 2015.

2. Rafael Sacks, BIM Handbook – A Guide to Building Information Modelling for Owners Designers, Engineers,

Contractors and Facility Managers, 3rd edition, John Wiley Publishers, 2018.

REFERENCES:

1. Brad Hardin, Dave Mccool, BIM and Construction Management, 2nd edition, Wiley Publications, 2015.

2. Ph.D. Raja R. A. Issa, Ph.D., J.D., P.E. and Svetlana Olbina, Building Information Modelling : Applications

and Practices, ASCE, 2015.

Page 147: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

147

VD18405 GREEN BUILDING CONCEPTS L T P C

2 0 0 2

OBJECTIVES:

To understand the necessity of adopting the basic green building concepts

SYLLABUS :

Introduction to Global Warming - Sources of global warming - Green buildings: Concepts - Rating – Rating by

various agencies - Materials used and their Efficiency - Comparison of conventional & green buildings -

Environment friendly and cost effective building technologies - Buildings with cost and energy efficient roofing

systems - Building in different climatic regions

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Adopt green building concepts in buildings

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Jerry Yudelson,”The green building revolution”, Island press, 2010.

2. Abe Kruger and Carl Seville, “Green building: principles and practices in residential construction”, Cengage

learning, 2012.

REFERENCES:

1. Lawrence Bauer, Michael, Mösle, Peter, Schwarz, Michael Green building, Springer-Verlag Berlin

Heidelberg 2010

2. Hisham galal Elshimy, Green Building as Concept of Sustainability Sustainable Strategy to Design Office

Building, pharos university 2015.

3. Sam kubba Handbook of Green Building Design and Construction, 2nd Edition, Butterworth-Heinemann 2016

4. Charles J. Kibert, Sustainable Construction: Green Building Design and Delivery, Wiely.

Page 148: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

148

VD18406 SMART CITIES L T P C

2 0 0 2

OBJECTIVES:

To obtain basic knowledge of smart communities

SYLLABUS :

Introduction - Concept of Smart Community - ∙Smart Transportation - Smart Building and Home Device - Smart

Health - Smart Government - Smart Energy and Water - Cybersecurity, Safety, and Privacy - Internet of Things,

Blockchain, Artificial Intelligence, Augmented Reality, Virtual Reality

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Apply the latest technologies to build a smart community.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Dr N Mani, Smart Cities & Urban Development in India, New Century Publications, 2016.

2. Anil Kumar, Introduction to Smart Cities, Pearson, 1st edition, 2019.

REFERENCES:

1. Houbing Song, Ravi Srinivasan, Tamim Sookoor, Sabina Jeschke, Smart Cities : Foundations, Principles and

Applications, Wiley Publications, 2017.

2. Sharma, Poonam, Rajput, Swati Sustainable Smart Cities in India - Challenges and Future Perspectives,

Springer.

3. Smart City – Mission Statement & Guidelines – Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of India (June 2015).

Page 149: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

149

VD18407 WATER CONSERVATION TECHNIQUES L

2

T

0

P

0

C

2

OBJECTIVES:

To emphasis the importance of ground water conservation

SYLLABUS :

Need of planned utilization of water resources - economics of water resources utilization Water conservation -

water harvesting - rainfall- run off relation - water storage in ponds, lakes, reservoirs and aquifers –selection

of pond site - Embankment ponds- excavated ponds -Seepage control - methods-evaporation control-Recycling

of harvested water Drainage and Reclamation of water logged lands-sewage irrigation- conservation forestry-

water shed management - groundwater recharge through wells - check dams and storage works – percolation

pond.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Adopt appropriate water conservation techniques

TEXT BOOKS :

1. Santhosh Kumar Garg, Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering, Khanna Publishers,Delhi.

2. G.L.Asawa,Irrigation and Water Resources Engineering ,New age international(p) ltd.,publishers, New

Delhi.

REFERENCES:

1. Pietro Laureano, Water Conservation Techniques in Traditional Human Settlements COPAL publishing

2. Madireddi V. Subba Rao Water Conservation, Management and Analysis Readworthy Publications Pvt

Ltd

Page 150: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

150

VD18408 VASTU IN CONSTRUCTION L

2

T

0

P

0

C

2

OBJECTIVES:

To impart knowledge on the vastu concepts in civil engineering

SYLLABUS :

Basics of vastu shastra – basic principles – fundamental concept of vastu used in construction – science behind

the concepts – site selection and sub soil exploration – site planning – architectural aspect – construction –

strength and earthquake safety – vastu tips

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Apply the vastu concepts in civil engineering practices

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Vaibhav Chawadre, “ Indian Vastu Shastra”, Createspace Independent Publishers, December 2015.

2. Prabhu, Bala gopal,T.S and Achyuthan,A, "A text Book of Vastuvidya", Vastuvidyapratisthanam,

Kozhikode, New Edition, 2011.

REFERENCES:

1. Prabhu, Bala gopal,T.S and Achyuthan,A, "Design in Vastuvidya", Vastuvidyapratisthanam, Kozhikode.

2. D. N. Shukla, Vastu-Sastra: Hindu Science of Architecture, Munshiram Manoharial Publishers, 1993

3. B. B. Puri, Applied vastu shastra vaibhavam in modern architecture, Vastu Gyan Publication, 1997.

Page 151: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

151

VD18409 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY AND MANAGEMENT L

2

T

0

P

0

C

2

OBJECTIVES:

To help students to develop an overview of safety in construction.

SYLLABUS :

Definition of construction safety - Safety during project construction - Training to project staff and operation

staff - Safety equipments - safety system of storing construction materials-Excavation - blasting- timbering-

scaffolding - safe use of ladders- safety in welding - Safety in hand tools - Safety in grinding- Hoisting apparatus

and conveyors - Safety in the use of mobile cranes-Manual handling-Safety in demolition work - Trusses,

girders and beams- First aid - Fire hazards and preventing methods - Construction accidents - Construction

Safety Management: Importance - causes of accident, safety measures- Environmental issues in construction -

Construction industry related laws - Human factors in safety – legal and financial aspects of accidents in

construction – occupational and safety hazard assessment -Study of safety standards and ILO (International

Labour Organization) recommendation. Case studies : Accidents in different construction sites – Visit to

construction site ,Erecting and dismantling scaffolding for single storied and Multi storied buildings

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Recognise the importance of managing safety in construction and key legislation.

Report workplace accidents.

Identify types of hazards and ways to prevent accidents.

Plan a safe working environment in construction by implementing safety procedures for electrical

equipment, overhead electricity lines, demolition and many more important aspects of safety.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Jimmy W. Hinze, Construction Safety, Prentice Hall Inc., 1997

2. Richard J. Coble, Jimmie Hinze and Theo C. Haupt, Construction Safety and Health Management,

Prentice Hall Inc., 2001.

REFERENCES:

1. S.K. Bhattacharjee, Safety Management in Construction (Principles and Practice) Khanna Publishers,

2011.

2. Hand Book on Construction Safety Practices, SP:70, BIS, 2001.

Page 152: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

152

VD18410 PRACTICAL VALUATION L

2

T

0

P

0

C

2

OBJECTIVES:

To understand the terminologies and concepts behind the valuation of properties

SYLLABUS :

Principles of valuation, definition of value, price and cost. Attributes of value, Different types of values -

Essential characteristics of market value. Valuer and his duties, purpose of valuation and its function. Factors

affecting the valuation of properties-tangible and intangible properties, Landed properties- free hold and

leasehold properties, different types of lease, Rental method of valuation – Rent control act - Value of land,

belting method of valuation, Valuation based on land and building- item wise, cubic content basis. Valuation

from yield Depreciation, different methods of calculating depreciation – Depreciated cost, Valuation of

residential building, commercial industrial buildings, Highways, Airports and other infrastructures with case

study.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Predict the value of properties considering various influencing factors.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Rangwala .S.C,”Valuation of Real Properties”, Charotar Publishing House,Anand, 1984.

2. Jagannathan .G, “Getting More at Less Cost“, - The Value Engineering Way, Tata McGraw Hill, New

Delhi, 1992.

REFERENCES:

1. V N Vazirani, S P Chandola, Civil Engineering Estimating, Costing and Valuation, Kanna Publishers.

2. B N Dutta, Estimation and Costing in Civil Engineering, 28th revision, 2016.

Page 153: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

153

VD18411 DESIGN OF MULTI STOREY BUILDING – A PRACTICAL

APPROACH

L

2

T

0

P

0

C

2

OBJECTIVES:

To impart principles of analysis and design of multi storey buildings subjected to gravity loads and lateral

loads

SYLLABUS :

Multi storied buildings – setting and orientation of multi storied buildings - Determination of dead load, live

load, wind load and earthquake load on various components of the buildings - Analysis and design for gravity

and lateral forces like wind load , earthquake loads.. Detailing of reinforcement and bar bending schedule -

Requirement of ductility in multistoried structures- ductile detailing of beams, columns, foundation – design

of transverse reinforcement in columns and shear stirrups in beams- confining reinforcement

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Analyse and design multi storey buildings subjected to gravity loads and lateral loads

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Unnikrishna Pillai, S., DevdasMenon, “Reinforced Concrete Design”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Ltd., New Delhi 2003.

2. Krishna Raju, N., “Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures”, CBS Publishers & Distributors, New

Delhi, 2003.

REFERENCES:

1. http://ethesis.nitrkl.ac.in/4250/1/Computer_Aided_Analysis_and_Design_of_Multi-

Storeyed_Buildings.pdf

2. http://www.iitk.ac.in/nicee/IITK-GSDMA/EQ26.pdf

3. W. Schueller, High Rise Building Structures: John Wiley & Sons, 1977.

4. B S Smith & A Coull, Tall Building Structures: - John Wiley & Sons, 1991.

Page 154: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

154

VD18412 CORROSION OF STEEL IN CONCRETE AND

PREVENTIVE MEASURES

L

2

T

0

P

0

C

2

OBJECTIVES:

To introduce the principles of corrosion and corrosion control techniques

SYLLABUS :

Introduction - Corrosion of steel in concrete - Causes and mechanisms of corrosion and corrosion damage in

concrete – Carbonation - Chloride attack - Corrosion damage - Vertical cracks and horizontal cracks -Condition

evaluation - Preliminary survey - Detailed survey. - Visual inspection – Delamination – Cover - Half cell

potential measurements - Carbonated depth measurement - Chloride determination - Resistivity measurement

- Corrosion rate measurement. - Physical and chemical repair and rehabilitation techniques - Concrete removal

and surface preparation - Patches. Coating, sealers, membranes and barriers. Encasement and overlays -Sprayed

concrete - Corrosion inhibitors -Electrochemical repair techniques: Basic principles of electrochemical

techniques - Cathodic protection - design. Control criteria -System installation - Cathodic protection of

prestressed concrete - Cathodic protection of epoxy coated reinforcing steel.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Apply various types of corrosion control techniques in field based on the condition evaluation.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Broomfield John P , Corrosion of Steel in Concrete , Taylor & Francis, 2003.

2. B.Vidivelli, Rehabilitation of Concrete Structures Standard Publishes Distribution 2009.

REFERENCES:

1. B.Vidivelli, Rehabilitation of Concrete Structures Standard Publishes Distribution 2009.

2. Luca Bertolini PhD, Dr. sc. tech. Bernhard Elsener PhD, Pietro Pedeferri Rob B. Polder PhD, Wiley

2003.

3. Amir Poursaee, Corrosion of Steel in Concrete Structures, Woodhead Publishing

Page 155: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

155

VD18413 WASTEWATER TREATMENT TECHNIQUES L

2

T

0

P

0

C

2

OBJECTIVES:

To give sound knowledge with understanding of waste water treatment technologies to the students

SYLLABUS :

Domestic Wastewater Treatment, - Wastewater characteristics; Primary, secondary and tertiary treatment-

Physical Unit Processes: Screening; Commutation; Grit Removal; Equalization; Sedimentation - Biological

Unit Processes - Aerobic vs. anaerobic processes - Aerobic treatment; Suspended growth aerobic treatment

processes; Activated sludge process and its modifications; Attached growth aerobic processes; Tricking filters

and Rotating biological contactors - Anaerobic treatment; suspended growth, attached growth, fluidized bed

and sludge blanket systems; Industrial Wastewater treatment- nitrification, denitrification; Phosphorus

removal, – Heavy metal removal – Membrane Separation Process – Air Stripping and Absorption Processes -

Sludge Treatment - Characteristics of sewage sludge- Sludge thickening, sludge digestion, dewatering, drying,

Aerobic sludge stabilization- Anaerobic stabilization of sludge and Composting - Water Treatment Plant

Characteristics, Plant layout -Operations and maintenance of Treatment plants, Trouble Shooting, - Filtration,

Softening of Water, Defluoridation, Removal of Odors -Treated Municipal Wastewater Discharge Systems,

Post treatment techniques - Visit to a municipal wastewater treatment plant and a small plant.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Design and maintain waste water treatment plant based on the characteristics of waste water

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Garg, S.K., “Environmental Engineering I & II”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2013

2. Modi, P.N., “Environmental Engineering I & II”, Standard Book House, Delhi, 2012

REFERENCES:

1. Manual on Water Supply and Treatment, CPHEEO, Government of India, New Delhi, 1999

2. Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment, CPHEEO, Government of India, New Delhi, 1993

3. Hand book on Water Supply and Drainage, SP35, B.I.S., New Delhi, 1987

4. Metcalf and Eddy, M.C., “Wastewater Engineering – Treatment & Reuse”, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publications, New Delhi, 2003

Page 156: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

156

VD18414 AUTOMATION IN CONSTRUCTION L

2

T

0

P

0

C

2

OBJECTIVES:

To introduce the students the concepts of automation in construction

SYLLABUS :

Introduction- Present Scenario of automation in construction – Areas of automation in construction –

Advantages of automation - Photogrammetric mapping for construction - LiDAR mapping and 3D point

clouds - Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) / Unmanned Aircraft System (UAS) applications in

construction - Simultaneous localization and mapping (SLAM) - Machine automation for civil

engineering applications - Sensing technology for construction and maintenance - Field robotics -

Augmented and virtual reality - Advanced computing in construction - Building information modelling

(BIM)- Computer-aided construction and management

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Apply automation principles in construction

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Robotics and Automation in Construction, Edited by Carlos Balaguer and Mohamed Abderrahim,

ISBN 978-953-7619-13-8, 404 pages, Publisher: InTech,2008.

2. Javad Majrouhi Sadroud, Automation in Construction Management – Automated Management of

Construction Materials using RFID Technology, Scholar’s Press, 2014.

REFERENCES:

1. Thomas Book, Thomas Linner, Robot – Oriented Design – Design and Management Tools for the

Deployment of Automation and Robotics in Construction, Cambridge Handbook on Construction

Robotics.

Page 157: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

157

VD18415 BIOMIMICRY IN CIVIL ENGINEERING L T P C

2 0 0 2

OBJECTIVES:

Understand the principles of biomimetics and how to adopt biomimicry in civil engineering.

SYLLABUS :

Introduction to biomimetics, evolution and approach towards biomimicry, biomimicry – a sustainable design,

applications in construction materials, paint (lotus concept), architectural design of buildings and bridges, water

harvesting, passive cooling systems, self-healing buildings, examples of buildings inspired by nature.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Summarise the concepts and applications of biomimicry in civil engineering.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Pacheo Torgal,F., Labrincha, J.A., Diamanti, M.V., Yu, C.P., Lee, H.K., “Biotechnologies and

biomimetics for Civil Engineering”, Springer, 2015.

2. Akhlesh Lakhtakia ,Raúl José Martín-Palma , “Engineered Biomimicry”, Elsevier , 1st Edition, 2013

REFERENCES:

1. Peter Forbes, “The Gecko's Foot: Bio-inspiration: Engineering New Materials from Nature”, W. W.

Norton & Company , May 17, 2006

Page 158: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

158

VD18416 ARCHITECTURAL ACOUSTICS L T P C

2 0 0 2

OBJECTIVES:

To understand basic concepts of acoustics and human hearing, behavior of sound in enclosed spaces, the

theories on architectural acoustics, and the basic principles of noise control and acoustic comfort in

buildings.

SYLLABUS :

Introduction to acoustics, effects of noise, basic principles of sound – Acoustical dry wall systems and panels

– Room acoustics – absorption, reflection, refraction and diffusion – Building acoustics – noise control

applications – hearing and perception – non-acoustic spaces – auditorium acoustics – acoustical measurement,

analyses and modeling – Regulations and guidelines

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Describe the principles of acoustical design of buildings

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Marshall Long, “Architectural Acoustics”, Academic Press, 2nd Edition, March 2014.

2. Tor Erik Vigran, “Building Acoustics”, CRC Press, 1st Edition, July 2008.

REFERENCES:

1. M.D. Egan, “Architectural Acoustics,’, Mc Grawhill Inc., 1988.

2. John Edwin Moore, “Design for Good Acoustics and Noise Control”, Macmillan Education, 1988.

3. M. D. Egan, “Concepts in Architectural Acoustics”, Tulane University, School of Architecture, 1972.

4. J. Flynn, J. A. Kremers, A. W. Segil, G. Steffy, Van Nostrand Reinhold, “Architectural Interior Systems,

Lighting, Acoustics, Air Conditioning”,Van Nostrand Reinhold , 1992.

Page 159: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

159

VD18417 FORENSIC CIVIL ENGINEERING L T P C

2 0 0 2

OBJECTIVES:

To introduce the various aspects of investigation involved in Failure of structures

SYLLABUS :

Testing of failures - Various methods of testing of failed structures - Laser scanning, microscope, Radio graphic

evaluation, Load Testing of shoring systems and repair technology. Structural Failures - Failure of construction

materials steel, concrete - Joints by Bolt and weld. Failure of compression members and tension members by

reversal of loads – Failure aspects of post tensioned concrete systems, space frame, plane frame, precast

buildings, failure of bridges. Geo Technical Failures - Soil liquefaction, failure of foundation systems – Causes

and prevention. Designing Against Failure - Quality control – Material selection, workmanship, design and

detailing. Case Studies And Professional Practice - Case Studies on famous failures – Reasons and lessons

learnt – Aspects of professional practice.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Summarize the different failures encountered in civil engineering practice.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Robert Ratay, “Forensic Structural Engineering Handbook”, McGraw-Hill Education, 2nd Edition, 2010.

2. Stephen E. Petty, “Forensic Engineering – Damage Assessments for Residential and Commercial

Structures”, CRC Press, 1st Edition, 2013.

REFERENCES:

a. “Forensic Engineering – 2012”, proceedings of sixth ASCE Conference of Forensic Engineering held in

San Francisco, California, Oct 31- Nov 03, 2013.

Page 160: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

160

VD18418 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES L T P C

2 0 0 2

OBJECTIVES:

To introduce the various optimization techniques.

SYLLABUS :

Formulation of a LPP – Graphical Method – Simplex method – duality – dual simplex method – sensitivity

analysis, transportation and assignment problems, traveling salesman problem – Lagrange multipliers and

Kuhn-Tucker conditions – Quadratic programming problem – Dynamic Programming – Integer Linear

Programming.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Apply optimization techniques for simple problems

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Singiresu S Rao, “Engineering Optimization – Theory and Practice”, New Age International Publishers,

2013.

2. A.K. Malik, S.K. Yadav and S.R. Yadav, “Optimization Techniques”, IK Publishers, 2013.

REFERENCES:

1. J.C. Pant, Introduction to Optimization, Jain Brothers, 2008.

2. S.S. Rao, Optimization Theory and Applications, Wiley Eastern, 2004.

3. K.V. Mittal, Optimization Methods, Wiley Eastern, 2003.

4. H.A. Taha, Operations Research, Pearson, 2007.

Page 161: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

161

VD18419 IN-SITU SOIL TESTING AND INSTRUMENTATION L T P C

2 0 0 2

OBJECTIVES:

To understand the various parameters to be arrived from field test

To interpret the required properties of soil for designing structural elements

SYLLABUS :

Procedure, limitations, correction and data interpretation of following methods - Field index property tests -

Penetration tests - Field vane shear test (In-situ shear and borehole shear test) – Pressure meter test –

Dilatometer test – Plate load test (Monotonic and cyclic) – Field permeability tests – Block vibration test

Instrumentation in soil engineering –Data acquisition system – Strain gauges – Load cells – Earth pressure

cells – Settlement and heave gauges – Pore pressure measurements - Slope indicators

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Describe the different in situ soil testing and instrumentation methods.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Alam Singh and Chowdhary, G.R., Soil Engineering in Theory and Practice, Volume-2, Geotechnical

testing and instrumentation, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi,2006.

2. Nair, R.J. and Wood, P.M., Pressuremeter Testing Methods and Interpretation, Butterworths, 1987.

REFERENCES:

1. Dunnicliff, J., and Green, G.E., Geotechnical Instrumentation for Monitoring Field Performance, John

Wiley, 1993.

2. Hunt, R.E., Geotechnical Engineering Investigation Manual, McGraw Hill,1984.

3. Hanna, T.H., Field Instrumentation in Geotechnical Engineering, Trans Tech., 1985.

4. Day, R.N., Geotechnical and Foundation Engineering, Design and Construction, McGraw-Hill, 1999.

5. Bowles, J.E., Foundation Analysis and Design, Fifth Edition, The McGraw-Hill companies, Inc., New

York, 1995.

6. Clayton C. R. I., Matthews M. C. and Simons N. E., Site Investigation, Second Edition Halsted Press,

1982.

Page 162: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

162

VD18420 NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING TECHNIQUES L T P C

2 0 0 2

OBJECTIVES:

To introduce the various Non - destructive testing techniques.

SYLLABUS :

Introduction to Destructive, semi-destructive & Non-destructive testing methodology, Importance of Non-

Destructive evaluation - Problems faced during Non-destructive evaluation, Non-Destructive testing of

concrete - Visual investigation- Hardness methods- Rebound Hammer test -Acoustical emission methods-

Radar method

NDT for corrosion assessment- Concrete behaviour under corrosion, disintegrated mechanisms- moisture

effects and thermal effects –Corrosion activity measurement- chloride content – Depth of carbonation,

Carbonation test - Impact echo methods- Ultrasound pulse velocity methods- Pull out tests. Half-cell

potentiometer test, Core test and relevant provisions of I.S. codes. Practical applications and advances in NDT.

Case studies - NDT for detection of cracks voids in concrete bridges, NDT for steel bridges (Ultrasonic

Testing , Magnetic and Liquid Penetrant Testing ), NDT on masonry bridges

.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Summarize the different Non-destructive testing techniques.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Malhotra, V.M. and Carino, N.J., Handbook on Non-Destructive Testing of Concrete, 2nd Ed., Taylor and

Francis, London.

2. Bungey, S., Lillard, G. and Grantham, M.G. Testing of Concrete in Structures, 4th Ed. Taylor and Francis,

London

REFERENCES:

1. Krautkramer, H., Ultrasonic Testing of Materials, Springer-Verlag, 1969.

2. Novgoresky, M.A., Testing of Building Materials and Structures, Mir Publishers, 1973.

3. American Society of Metals: Handbook, Vol. II, Destructive Inspection and Quality Control, 1976

Page 163: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

163

VD18421 BASE ISOLATION AND DAMPING TECHNIQUES IN

ASEISMIC DESIGN L T P C

2 0 0 2

OBJECTIVES:

This course is designed to give an insight into the conventional techniques and latest developments

regarding base isolation and damping techniques in aseismic design of civil engineering structures.

SYLLABUS :

Base isolation Techniques – Need – Mechanism – Types – Laminated Rubber bearing – Lead core rubber

bearing – Roller Pendulum system (RPS) – Seismic dampers – Types – Metallic dampers- friction dampers –

viscous fluid dampers – Semi-active dampers - Magneto-rheological Fluid dampers for vibration control - RPS

augmented with Magneto-rheological fluid dampers for seismic isolation – Magneto-rheological elastomers

and gels for seismic isolation – Shape memory alloys for vibration control – Design guidelines for base

isolation.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Analyze the conventional and smart techniques for seismic isolation.

Analyze the conventional and smart techniques for damping of structures

REFERENCES:

1. Anil K. Chopra, “Dynamics of Structures – Theory and applications to Earthquake Engineering”, Pearson

Education, 2019

2. Kelly T.E., “Bas Isolation of Structures – Design guidelines”, Holmes consulting Group ltd., 2001.

3. Kelly T.E., “In-Structure Damping and energy dissipation”, Holmes consulting group ltd., 2001.

4. S.R. Damodarasamy & S. Kavitha, “ Basics of structural Dynamics and Aseismic design”, PHI Learing

private Limited, New Delhi, 2012.

5. A.V. Srinivasan & D. Michael McFarland, “ Smart Structures –Analysis and Design”, Cambridge

University Press, 2001

Page 164: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

164

SYLLABUS FOR MANDATORY COURSE

Page 165: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

165

MC18001 INDIAN CONSTITUTION AND SOCIETY L T P C

(Common to all Branches except MR) 3 0 0 0

Objectives:

● To know about Indian constitution and fundamental rights.

● To know about central and state government functionalities in India.

● To know about Judicial system and Election commission of India.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 11

Historical Background – Philosophical foundations of the Indian Constitution – Preamble – Schedules –

Amendments.

UNIT II FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS AND FUNDAMENTAL DUTIES OF

THE CITIZEN

8

Union and Territories – Citizenship - Fundamental Rights – Directive Principles of State Policy – Fundamental

Duties – Directive Principles of state policy.

UNIT III STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT 8

Union Government – Structures of the Union Government and Functions – Powers of President, Vice

President, Prime Minister – Cabinet ministers – Parliament.

UNIT IV STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF STATE GOVERNMENT 8

State Government – Structure and Functions – Powers of Governor, Chief Minister, Cabinet ministers – State

Legislature.

UNIT V STRUCTURE OF JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND MAJOR

FUNCTIONARIES

10

Supreme Court of India - Judicial System in States – High Courts and other Subordinate Courts – Judicial

Review – Case studies. Election Commission of India and its functions.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Enhance human values, create awareness about law enactment and importance of Constitution

● Understand the Fundamental Rights and Fundamental Duties of the Indian Citizen to instill morality,

social values, honesty, dignity of life and their social Responsibilities.

● Understand the powers and functions of Central Government.

● Understand the powers and functions of State Government.

● Understand the powers and functions of Judicial systems and Election commission of India.

Textbooks: 1. Durga Das Basu, “Introduction to the Constitution of India “, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.

2. R.C.Agarwal, (1997) “Indian Political System”, S.Chand and Company, New Delhi.

3. Maciver and Page, “Society: An Introduction Analysis “, Mac Milan India Ltd., New Delhi.

4. K.L.Sharma, (1997) “Social Stratification in India: Issues and Themes”, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.

References: 1. Sharma, Brij Kishore, “Introduction to the Constitution of India:, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.

2. U.R.Gahai, “Indian Political System “, New Academic Publishing House, Jalaendhar.

3. R.N. Sharma, “Indian Social Problems “, Media Promoters and Publishers Pvt. Ltd.

Page 166: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

166

SYLLABUS FOR OPEN ELECTIVES

Page 167: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

167

OE18401 BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To get exposed to the glimpses of Civil Engineering topics that is essential for an Engineer.

UNIT I PLANNING, FIELD SURVEY AND INVESTIGATION 9

Introduction, Branches, Scope, Impact, Role of Civil Engineer, Units of measurement, Unit conversion

(Length, Area, Volume). Basic of surveying- Fundamental principles, Classification. Linear measurement:

Instruments used, Ranging- Angular measurement: Compass-Meridian, Bearing, and Local attraction.

Leveling: Instrument used, Terminology, Types of leveling- Modern surveying tools: Introduction to

Theodolite, Total Station, Introduction to GPS, GIS & RS

UNIT II BUILDING COMPONENTS 9

Foundations : Types of foundation, Bearing capacity of soil – Requirement of good foundations

Materials: Bricks- stones – M sand – cement – concrete- steel sections - Types, properties, uses of materials.

Superstructure: Brick masonry – stone masonry –framed structures- roofing – flooring – plastering – types of

Bridges and Dams.

Definition and concept of plan of a simple residential building, Low cost housing, FSI. Overview on Indian

Standard code books- Basics of Estimation and costing

UNIT III TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING 9

Basics of Highway construction materials, properties- Bituminous and Concrete road construction -traffic

signals & Intersections-Basic of Railway engineering- Elements of permanent way – Rails, Sleepers, Ballast,

rail fixtures and fastenings- Basics of Airport engineering- Air transport characteristics - airport classification

– ICAO- Basics of Harbor engineering- Definition of Terms- Harbour, Port, Satellite Port, Docks, Waves and

Tides

UNIT IV ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING AND IRRIGATION

STRUCTURES

9

Water supply engineering- – Sources of water and their characteristics- – Drinking Water quality standards-

water treatment- – Principles, functions, and design of water treatment plant units- Disinfection - wastewater

engineering- Characteristics and composition of sewage - primary treatment of sewage- secondary treatment

of sewage- disposal of sewage- sludge treatment and disposal-Municipal and Industrial solid waste .

UNIT V RECENT DEVELOPMENT IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 9

Smart city and it’s features, Solid waste management systems, Mass Rapid Transportation systems-MRTS,

Metro, Rain water harvesting systems, Watershed Management, Green building, Repair and rehabilitation of

Heritage structures, Features of Earthquake resistant structure.

TOTAL PERIODS: 45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● To gain knowledge in various streams of Civil Engineering

● To understand the recent developments and scope in Civil Engineering

Textbooks:

1. Raju .K.V.B, Ravichandran .P.T, “Basics of Civil Engineering”, Ayyappa Publications, Chennai, 2012.

2. Rangwala .S.C,” Engineering Material”s, Charotar Publishing House, Anand, 2012.

Page 168: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

168

References: 1. Ramesh Babu, “Civil Engineering”, VRB Publishers, Chennai, 2000.

2. Seetharaman S., “Basic Civil Engineering”, Anuradha Agencies, (2005).

3. National Building Code of India, Part V, “Building Materials”, 2005

4. Surendra Singh, “Building Materials”, Vikas Publishing Company, New Delhi, 1996.

5. Ramamrutham S., “Basic Civil Engineering”, DhanpatRai Publishing Co. (P) Ltd. (1999).

6. Subramanian K.P., "Highways, Railways, Airport and Harbour Engineering", Scitech Publications (India),

Chennai, 2010

7. Punmia.B.C., Ashok K.Jain and Arun K Jain , Surveying Vol. I & II, Lakshmi Publications Pvt Ltd, New

Delhi, 2005

8. Garg, S.K. Environmental Engineering, Vol.I and II Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2010.

Page 169: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

169

OE18402 INTEGRATED SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To make the students conversant with the types, sources, generation, storage, collection, transport,

processing and disposal of municipal solid waste, construction and demolition waste and electronic waste.

UNIT I SOURCES AND CHARACTERISTICS 9

Sources and types of municipal solid wastes- Public health and environmental impacts of improper disposal of

solid wastes- sampling and characterization of wastes - factors affecting waste generation rate and

characteristics - Elements of integrated solid waste management – Requirements and salient features of Solid

waste management rules (2016) –- Role of public and NGO‟s- Public Private participation – Elements of

Municipal Solid Waste Management Plan.

UNIT II SOURCE REDUCTION, COLLECTION AND TRANSFER OF

WASTES

9

Waste Management Hierarchy - Reduction, Reuse and Recycling - source reduction of waste – Methods of

Residential and commercial waste collection – Collection vehicles – Manpower – Collection routes – Analysis

of waste collection systems; Transfer stations –location, operation and maintenance; options under Indian

conditions – Field problems- solving.

UNIT III PROCESSING OF WASTES 9

Objectives of waste processing – Physical Processing techniques and Equipment; Resource recovery from solid

waste composting and biomethanation; Thermal processing options – case studies under Indian conditions.

UNIT IV WASTE DISPOSAL 9

Land disposal of solid waste- Sanitary landfills – site selection, design and operation of sanitary landfills –

Landfill liners – Management of leachate and landfill gas- Landfill bioreactor – Dumpsite Rehabilitation.

UNIT V CONSTRUCTION, DEMOLITION AND E-WASTE MANAGEMENT 9

Construction and Demolition (C&D) Waste Management – Overview, Regulation, Beneficial Reuse of C&D

Waste Materials- Electronic Waste (E-Waste) Management – Issues and Status in India and Globally, E-Waste

Management Rules 2016 and Management Challenges

TOTAL PERIODS: 45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● Explain the nature and characteristics of municipal solid wastes and the regulatory requirements regarding

municipal solid waste management.

● Apply knowledge on Reduction, reuse and recycling of waste.

● Prepare and compute the systems for storage, collection, transport, processing and disposal of municipal

solid waste.

● Determine the size of sanitary landfill and explain the operation of sanitary landfill.

● Explain the management of construction, demolition and electronic waste.

Textbooks:

1. Tchobanoglous, G., Theisen, H. M., and Samuel A Vigil. "Integrated Solid Waste Management

Engineering Principles And Management Issues". McGraw Hill, New York, 2015.

2. Tchobanoglous, G., Theisen, H. M., and Eliassen, R. "Solid. Wastes: Engineering Principles and

Management Issues". McGraw Hill, New York, 1993.

Page 170: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

170

References: 1. Vesilind, P.A. and Rimer, A.E., “Unit Operations in Resource Recovery Engineering”, Prentice Hall, Inc.,

1981

2. Paul T Willams, "Waste Treatment and Disposal", John Wiley and Sons, 2000

3. Government of India, "Manual on Municipal Solid Waste Management", CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban

Development, New Delhi, 2014.

4. Bhide A.D. and Sundaresan, B.B. "Solid Waste Management Collection", Processing and Disposal, 2001

5. Manser A.G.R. and Keeling A.A.," Practical Handbook of Processing and Recycling of Municipal solid

Wastes", Lewis Publishers, CRC Press, 1996

6. George Tchobanoglous and Frank Kreith"Handbook of Solidwaste Management", McGraw Hill, New

York, 2002

Page 171: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

171

OE18403 FUNDAMENTALS OF REMOTE SENSING AND GIS L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● To introduce the students to the basic concepts and principles of various components of remote sensing.

● To provide an exposure to GIS and its practical applications in Engineering fields

UNIT I REMOTE SENSING AND ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION 9

Definition – components of RS – History of Remote Sensing – Merits and demerits of data collation between

conventional and remote sensing methods - Electromagnetic Spectrum – wave theory, particle theory, Stefan

– Boltzmann Law and Wien’s Law – visible and non visible spectrum – Radiation sources: active & passive;

Radiation Quantities

UNIT II EMR INTERACTION WITH ATMOSPHERE 9

Standard atmospheric profile – main atmospheric regions and its characteristics – interaction of radiation with

atmosphere - Scattering (Rayleigh, Mie, non-selective scattering) absorption and refraction – Atmospheric

effects on visible, infrared, thermal and microwave spectrum – Atmospheric windows.

UNIT III PLATFORMS AND SENSORS 9

Ground based platforms –Airborne platforms – Space borne platforms – Classification of satellites – Sun

synchronous and Geosynchronous satellites – Resolution concepts – Scanners - Along and across track

scanners – Orbital and sensor characteristics of different satellites – Airborne and Space borne TIR sensors –

Calibration – S/N ratio – Passive/Active microwave sensing – Airborne and satellite borne RADAR –SAR –

LIDAR , UAV – High Resolution Sensors

UNIT IV GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM 9

Introduction – Maps – Definitions – Map projections – types of map projections – map analysis – GIS definition

– basic components of GIS – standard GIS softwares – Data type – Spatial and nonspatial (attribute) data –

measurement scales – Data Base Management Systems (DBMS).

UNIT IV DATA ENTRY, STORAGE AND ANALYSIS 9

Data models – vector and raster data – data compression – data input by digitization and scanning – attribute

data analysis – integrated data analysis – Modeling in GIS Highway alignment studies – Land Information

System.

TOTAL PERIODS: 45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

● The characteristics of electromagnetic radiation and its interaction with earth features

● The types and configuration of various satellites and sensors

● The elements of data interpretation

● The basics of Geoinformation information system

● The basic concepts and components of GIS, the techniques used for storage of spatial data and data

compression

● The basic concepts of spatial data quality and data standard

Textbooks:

1. George Joseph and Jeganathan. C, Fundamentals of Remote Sensing, Universities Press, 3 rd edition, 2018

2. Anji Reddy, M. “Textbook of Remote Sensing and Geographical Information System” 2nd edition. BS

Page 172: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

172

Publications, Hyderabad, 2001.

References: 1. Lillesand,T.M., Kiefer, R.W. and J.W.Chipman. “Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation” 5th Edition.,

John Willey and Sons Asia Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.

2. Lo. C.P.andA.K.W.Yeung, “Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information

Systems”,Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002

3. Peter A.Burrough, Rachael A. McDonnell, ” Principles of GIS”, Oxford University Press, 2000

4. Paul Curran P.J. Principles of Remote Sensing. Longman, RLBS, 2003.

5. Verbyla, David, Satellite Remote Sensing of Natural Resources. CRC Press, 1995

6. Janza, F.Z., Blue H.M. and Johnson,J.E. Manual of Remote Sensing. Vol.I, American Society of

Photogrametry, Virginia, USA, 2002.

7. Ian Heywood “An Introduction to GIS”, Pearson Education Asia, 2000

Page 173: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

173

OE18404 LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENNT L T P C

3 0 0 3

Objectives:

● The overall learning objective of this course is for students to be able to know about the management

benefits, strengths, and weaknesses of LCA, when to apply this tool, knowing the basic steps and processes

of how to conduct one

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO SUSTAINABILITY CONCEPTS AND LIFE

CYCLE ANALYSIS

9

Introduction – basics of Sustainability Concepts and Life Cycle Analysis - Material flow and waste

management - Water energy and food nexus - Risk and Life Cycle Framework for Sustainability - Introduction,

Risk, Environmental Risk Assessment, Example Chemicals and Health Effects, Character of Environmental

Problems.

UNIT II ENVIRONMENTAL DATA COLLECTION AND LCA

METHODOLOGY

9

Environmental Data Collection Issues, Statistical Analysis of Environmental Data, Common Analytical

Instruments, Overview of LCA Methodology – Goal Definition, Life Cycle Inventory, Life Cycle Impact

Assessment, Life Cycle Interpretation, LCA Software tools.

UNIT III LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENT – DETAILED METHODOLOGY 9

Detailed Methodology and ISO Framework of Life Cycle Assessment- Detailed Example on LCA

Comparisons, LCA Benefits and Drawbacks, Historical Development and LCA Steps from ISO Framework

UNIT IV DESIGN FOR SUSTAINABILITY 9

Design for Sustainability : Environmental Design for Sustainability: Economic, Environmental Indicators,

Social Performance Indicators, Sustainable Engineering Design Principles and Environmental Cost Analysis

UNIT V FACTORS FOR GOOD LCA STUDY 9

Factors for Good LCA Study : ISO Terminologies, LCA Steps Recap, Chemical Release and Fate and

Transport, and Green Sustainable Materials. Case Studies (e.g., Odour Removal for Organics Treatment Plant,

Comparison of Hand Drying Methods, Biofuels for Transportation, Solar Lamp, Bioplastic etc.).

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to ● understand the concepts and the scientific method as it applies to a systems-based, trans-disciplinary

approach to sustainability.

● identify problems in sustainability and formulate appropriate solutions based on scientific research,

applied science, social and economic issue

Textbooks:

1. Sustainable Engineering Concepts And Life Cycle Analysis by David T. Allen, David R. Shonnard,

Prentice Hall, ISBN-10: 0132756544, ISBN-13: 978-0132756549.

2. “Life Cycle Assessment: Principles and Practice” Downloadable from:

http://www.epa.gov/ORD/NRMRL/std/sab/LCA.html.

References:

1. Life Cycle Assessment (LCA): A Guide to Approaches, Experiences and Information Sourcesby Allan

A.Jensen.Downloadable from https://www.eea.europa.eu/publications/GH-07-97-595-EN-C/Issue-

report-No-6.pdf/

Page 174: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

174

OE18405 ELECTRONIC WASTE MANAGEMENT L T P C

3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:

To give an overview of electronic waste and the methods to dispose and manage.

UNIT I BASICS OF E - WASTE 9

Introduction to electronic waste (E-waste), classification of E-waste, legislative influences on electronic

recycling, WEEE (Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment)and ROHS (Restriction of Hazardous

Substances Directive ) directive, treatment options for WEEE, material composition of WEEE, health and

safety implication

UNIT II MATERIALS USED IN MANUFACTURING ELECTRICAL AND

ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS

9

Overview, ROHS directive and prescribed materials – lead, brominated flame retardants, soldering and move

to lead free assembly, printed circuit board materials, encapsulant of electronic components, indium tin oxide

and LCD screens, polymeric materials in enclosures, casing and panels, material composition of mobile

phones, computers, televisions, washing machines and other electronic components, useful components and

hazardous components in electronic waste.

UNIT III DUMPING, BURNING AND LANDFILL 9

Introduction, landfills, pollutions from landfill, landfill site construction, burning, incineration, thermal

processing, current practices in India, case studies and projects.

UNIT IV INTEGRATED APPROACH TO ELECTRONIC WASTE

RECYCLING

9

Separation and sorting, treatment, emerging technologies like separation, thermal treatment, sensing

technologies, plastics to liquid fuels, sorting, crushing, automated disassembly, design for recycling and inverse

manufacturing. Design methodology and resource efficiency, environmentally sound treatment technology for

E-waste, eco- design guidelines for manufacturing, case studies and project.

UNIT V ELECTRONIC WASTE MANAGEMENT 9

Methods for electronic waste management, national and international efforts, corporate social responsibility,

extended producer responsibility(EPR), current practices in India, case studies and project.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Illustrate the classification of e-waste, health and safety implications and thereby choose appropriate

treatment method.

Summarise the materials involved in manufacturing of electrical and electronic products.

Describe about the disposal of waste

Describe the integrated approach to e waste recycling

Suggest the suitable waste management method based on case studies and practices in India.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Rakesh Johri, E-waste: Implications, Regulations and Management in India and Current Global Best

Practices, The Energy and Resources Institute, New Delhi

2. R E Hester, R M Harrison, Electronic Waste Management, RCS Publishing.

REFERENCES:

1. Electronic Waste Management Rules 2016, Govt. of India, available online at CPCB website.

2. MSW Management Rules 2016, Govt. of India, available online at CPCB website.

Page 175: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

175

OE18406 AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING L

3

T

0

P

0

C

3

OBJECTIVES:

To impart knowledge on the principle and design of control of Indoor/ particulate/ gaseous air

pollutant and its emerging trends.

To give an overview of factors affecting selection of control equipment for particulate and gaseous

contaminants.

To teach the various control and preventive measures of noise pollution.

UNIT I SOURCES AND EFFECTS OF AIR POLLUTION 9

Structure and composition of Atmosphere – Definition, Scope and Scales of Air Pollution – Sources and

classification of air pollutants and their effect on human health, vegetation, animals, property, aesthetic

value and visibility- Ambient Air Quality and Emission standards –Ambient and stack sampling and

Analysis of Particulate and Gaseous Pollutants.

UNIT II METEOROLOGY 9

Effects of meteorology on Air Pollution - Fundamentals, Atmospheric stability, Inversion, Wind profiles

and stack plume patterns- Atmospheric Diffusion Theories – Dispersion models, Plume rise.

UNIT III CONTROL OF PARTICULATE CONTAMINANTS 9

Factors affecting Selection of Control Equipment – Gas Particle Interaction – Working principle, Design

and performance equations of Gravity Separators, Centrifugal separators Fabric filters, Particulate

Scrubbers, Electrostatic Precipitators – Operational Considerations.

UNIT IV CONTROL OF GASEOUS CONTAMINANTS 9

Factors affecting Selection of Control Equipment – Working principle, Design and performance equations

of absorption, Adsorption, condensation, Incineration, Bio scrubbers, Bio filters – Process control and

Monitoring - Operational Considerations.

UNIT V INDOOR AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT 9

Sources types and control of indoor air pollutants, sick building syndrome types – Radon Pollution and its

control- Sources and Effects of Noise Pollution – Measurement – Standards –Control and Preventive

measures

TOTAL PERIODS : 45

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Illustrate the various sources of air pollutants and their effects on human beings, materials and

vegetation

Evaluate the processes, approaches, and devices used to control air pollution

Describe about the control of particulate and gaseous contaminants

Describe the control and preventive measures of noise pollution

Suggest effective measures for prevention and control of noise pollution.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Lawrence K. Wang, Norman C. Parelra, Yung Tse Hung, Air Pollution Control Engineering, Tokyo,

2004

2. Anjaneyulu. Y, „Air Pollution and Control Technologies‟, Allied Publishers (P) Ltd.,India 2002.

REFERENCES:

1. David H.F. Liu, Bela G. Liptak „Air Pollution‟, Lweis Publishers, 2000.

2. Arthur C.Stern, „Air Pollution (Vol.I – Vol.VIII)‟, Academic Press, 2006.

3. Wayne T.Davis, „Air Pollution Engineering Manual‟, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,2000.

4. Noel de Nevers, Air Pollution Control Engineering, Mc Graw Hill, New York, 1995

Page 176: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

176

OE18407 BASICS AND PRINCIPLES OF GREEN BUILDING DESIGN L T P C

3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:

To impart knowledge on the principle and design of green buildings considering all energy saving

concepts.

UNIT I BASICS OF GREEN BUILDING AND ASSESSMENT METHODS 9

Introduction of green building, Concept of green building, History of green building, Need of green building

in present scenario, Importance of green building Merits and demerits, Classification of green building,

Assessment methods Global assessment and certification, Local assessment, LEED India GRIHA (Green

Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment)

UNIT II PRINCIPLES AND ELEMENTS OF DESIGN OF GREEN

BUILDING

9

Principles and elements of design of green building; Sustainability: concept and reality - Climate responsive

process of design: Climatic zones, design sequence, shelter or form, land form, vegetation, water bodies, street

widths, open spaces, ground character, plan form, orientation, roof form

Shading devices and their effect

UNIT III THERMAL PERFORMANCE OF BUILDING SECTIONS 9

Thermal comfort inside the building: Factors affecting, indices, cooling and heating requirement, Heat

transmission through building sections, thermal performance of building sections, simple calculation for U

value and insulation thickness, Day lighting and Ventilation

UNIT IV WATER CONSERVATION AND OTHER GREEN BUILDING

ASPECTS

9

Water conservation: 3 R's for water conservation, rain water harvesting, low flow fixtures, grey water recycling

Material conservation: concept of embodied energy, low energy materials, sustainable materials, alternative

materials Concept of carbon emission and its reduction.

UNIT V BUREAU OF ENERGY EFFICIENCY 9

Bureau of energy efficiency: Functions, policies, guidelines, Energy Conservation Building Code, Study of

existing green buildings - Introduction to Energy efficiency softwares, carbon calculators

TOTAL PERIODS :45

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Summarise the basics of green buildings and the assessment methods.

Identify the principles and elements of design of green buildings.

Describe about the thermal performance of building sections, lighting and ventilation in buildings.

Appreciate the water conservation techniques and sustainable materials.

Recognize the guidelines of the energy conservation building code, model tools used to calculate energy

efficiency.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Dr. Dinesh Kumar Gupta , Vaibhao K. Sonarkar , Enery Conservation and Building, Nirali Prakashan

publishers 2019.

2. Abe Kruger and Carl Seville, “Green building: principles and practices in residential construction”,

Page 177: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

177

Cengage learning, 2012.

REFERENCES:

1. Sam Kubba , Hand book of green building and construction, Butterwort –heineman,2012

2. Green Building A-Z , Jerry Yudelson,New Society Pub, 2007

3. R.S. Means, Green Building:: Project Planning & Cost Estimating, Third Edition , 2010

4. Jerry Yudelson,”The green building revolution”, Island press, 2010

5. Abe Kruger and Carl Seville ,Green Building: Principles and Practices in Residential Construction

(Go Green with Renewable Energy Resources) , Hardcover –Import , 2012

Page 178: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

178

OE18408 WATER POLLUTION AND ITS MANAGEMENT L T P C

3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:

To know the basics, importance of Water Pollution

To study the various Effects of Water pollution

To learn the importance of methods of control of Water Pollution

To understand the various Water Pollution control Act

UNIT I SOURCES & CHARACTERISTICS OF WATER POLLUTION 9

Water pollution-Sources & types of water pollution –Physical, chemical & biological –Effect of water

pollution. Drinking water quality standards waste Water treatment –Primary, secondary, tertiary-water

pollution prevention & control act – 1974.

UNIT II WATER QUALITY AND STANDARDS 9

Quality of surface waters, Water quality in flowing waters, Water quality in impounded waters, Groundwater

quality, Water quality standard Microbiological quality of drinking water, and Chemical quality of drinking

water.

UNIT III INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY & MITIGATION MEASURES 9

Role of water in different industries-Effluent discharge characteristics-Discharge Standards for Rivers and

Streams-Role of stakeholders, Public NGOS, Government 58 Open Electives-Engg&Tech-SRM-2013 in

Protection of Water bodies-Control Measures-Mitigation Measures for Industrial Water Contamination due to

industries.

UNIT IV WATER POLLUTION REGULATIONS 9

Administrative regulation under recent legislations in water pollution control. Water (Prevention & control of

pollution) Act 1974 as amended by Amendment Act 1988. Water (Prevention & control of pollution) Rules

1975 Water (Prevention & control of pollution) Cess Act. 1977 as amended by Amendment Act 1991.

UNIT V ROLE OF REGULATORY BOARDS 9

Sustainable Development, Rain Water Harvesting-Methods-Water Pollution-Causes and Effects-Role of

Regulatory bodies and Local bodies-CPCB-TWAD Board – CMWSSB – Case studies related to Effective

Water Management.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Ennumerate the sources and characteristics of water pollution.

Describe the water quality standards

Summarise the industrial activity and mitigation measures

Summarise thewater pollution regulations

Describe the role of regulatory bodies

TEXT BOOKS:

3. Fair.G.M, “Water and Waste water engineering Vol.I & II” .John Wiley and sons, Newyork. 2010.

4. P.C. Bansil, “Water Management In India,”Concept Publishing Company”, New Delhi, 2004.

Page 179: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

179

REFERENCES:

1. Metcalf & Eddy, “Wastewater engineering, Treatment and Reuse”, Tata Mac Grawhill publications,

2008.

2. Eckenfelder, W.W., ”Industrial Water Pollution Control", McGraw-Hill, 2009.

3. Arceivala.S.J, "Wastewater Treatment for Pollution Control", Tata McGraw- Hill, 2008.

4. Aruna Venkat, “Environmental Law and Policy”, PHI learning private limited New Delhi, 2011.

Page 180: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

180

OE18409 PRINCIPLES OF VASTU IN INTERIOR DESIGN L T P C

3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:

To know the basics, importance of vastu and applications.

UNIT I OVERVIEW OF VASTUSHASTRA AND ITS HISTORY 9

Introduction of Vastushastra, Definition of Vastu, Importance of Vastu, Scientific Explanation about

Vastushastra, Role of Vastushastra in today’s life, Overview of the history of Vastushastra its origins to present

with reference to vedic Vastushastra, Skandpuran, Agnipuran, Vayupuran, Gurudpuran, Mastya puran,

Changes of vastu from old places, temples, residential and old wada concepts To modern luxurious flats,

bunglows and commercial multiplexes.

UNIT II PRINCIPLES OF VASTU 9 ,

Principles of Vastushastra, five elements: earth (geomagnetic energy), water(gravitational energy), fire(solar

energy), air (wind energy) and space(cosmic energy) and their influence on the environment and people,

Arrangement of man-made environments aligned with the forces of nature, Importance of directions and its

scientific applications, Importance of Vastu in selection of size and shapes of open plots, residential,

commercial and industrial places, planning correct placements of various rooms like study rooms, living rooms,

kitchen, bed room dining rooms, W.C. bath rooms, store rooms, landscaping, Positive and negative effects of

placements according to the energy field.

UNIT III SITE SELECTION AND BUILDING DESIGN 9

Type, shape and selection of land, Layouts and design of various Commercial and Residential Plots,

Assessment of specific environmental elements to determine beneficial influences, Building orientation, Earth

acupuncture, physiological and emotional effects of geopathic stress, Landscape design. Building design -

placement of rooms and interior elements based on planetary influences using the blueprint of the Vastu Pursha

mandala, Construction sequencing – specific guidelines from groundbreaking to completion.

UNIT IV EFFECTS OF VASTU ON HUMAN BEING AND REMEDIAL

VASTU

9

Effects of Vastu on human being – Glands, Chakras (Energy Receiving Centers of body), Bioenergy field,

Human Aura Concepts, Scientific Remedial Vastu - Rectification with co-ordination of vastu with modern

interior designing and planning concepts, Introduction to Rectification of Vastu in Existing Building,

rectification with corrective majors for defective vastu which includes no dismantling and structural alterations

and by other cost effective methods, Rectification with Crystal Therapy, Rectification with colors Therapy,

Rectification with Vastu Yantras, Rectification with use and effects of Pyramids in Vastu. Rectification with

Tree plantations for positive energy creation, Rectification with balancing the electromagnetic field,

Rectification with changing the placements of Furniture, Rectification with natural resources.

UNIT V INTERIOR DESIGNING 9

The ten directions, ruling planets, cold and hot directions, dark and light directions, light and heavy directions,

slope of directions, Interior design as per basic vastu, Colors therapy, Space planning – standard human body

dimensions, minimum space requirement for movement, procedure for design, interior layout of a residence

layout, elements and principles of interior designing, Introduction of Pyra – Vaastu, Plants and greenery,

Interior Layout Including- Furniture, Fixtures.

TOTAL PERIODS :45

Page 181: SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING B.E. CIVIL ...

181

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to

Ennumerate the overview and history of vastu.

Describe the principles and importance of vastu.

Summarise the methods for site selection and building design.

Summarise the effects of vastu on human being and remedial vastu.

Describe the different factors to be considered for interior designing.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. D. N. Shukla, “Vastu-Sastra – Volume 1 – Hindu Science of Architecture”, Vastu Vanmaya Prakasana

Sala, Shukla Kuti,

2. Anand Bhardwaj, “Vastu Shastra in Modern Context”Om Publications, 2019.